Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

subjective-clause

  • 1 soggettivo

    subjective
    * * *
    soggettivo agg. subjective: impressioni soggettive, subjective impressions; (gramm.) proposizione soggettiva, subjective clause.
    * * *
    [soddʒet'tivo]
    aggettivo subjective
    * * *
    soggettivo
    /soddʒet'tivo/
    subjective.

    Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > soggettivo

  • 2 adjuvans

    ad-jŭvo, jūvi, jūtum, 1, v. a. (very rare juvavi, juvatum;

    hence, adjuvaturus,

    Petr. Sat. 18: adjŭro or adjuero = adjuvero, Enn. ap. Cic. Sen. 1, 1:

    adjuerit = adjuverit,

    Ter. Phorm. 3, 3, 4), to give aid to, to help, assist, support: aliquem. (Adjuvare applies to every kind of help or support; while auxiliari is only used of one who, from his weakness, needs assistance, and subvenire of one who is in difficulty or embarrassment; cf. Manut. ad Cic. Fam. 1, 7.)
    I.
    In gen.: O Tite, si quid te adjuero curamve levāsso quae nunc te coquit, etc., Enn. ap. Cic. Sen. 1, 1 (Ann. v. 339 Vahl.): di me etsi perdunt, tamen esse adjutam expetunt, Pac. ap. Non. 97, 14 (Rib. Trag. Rel. p. 102):

    miseras, inopes, aerumnosas aliquo auxilio,

    Plaut. Rud. 1, 4, 39:

    operā me adjuves,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 3:

    me adjuves in hac re,

    id. And. 3, 3, 10:

    id spero adjuturos deos (i. e. in ea re),

    id. ib. 3, 2, 42:

    ad verum probandum auctoritas adjuvat,

    Cic. Quint. 23:

    si nihil ad percipiendam colendamque virtutem litteris adjuvarentur,

    id. Arch. 7, 16: maerorem orationis lacrimis suis, id. de Or. [p. 39] 2, 47:

    Q. Hortensii operā rem publicam adjutam (esse),

    id. Phil. 10, 26: si nos mediocris fortuna rei publicae adjuverit, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 15:

    aliquem in filiarum collocatione,

    id. Off. 2, 16:

    auxiliis et copiis, i. e. militibus auxiliariis,

    id. Fam. 1, 7; cf. Liv. 29, 5:

    sua sponte eos adjutum profectus,

    Nep. Chabr. 2; id. Milt. 2; id. Phoc. 2:

    Antiochum Aetolosque adjuturos pronuntiat,

    Liv. 34, 37:

    fortĭs fortuna adjuvat,

    Ter. Phorm. 1, 4, 25, and Liv. 34, 37:

    aliquem ad bellum,

    id. 29, 1; cf. id. 27, 15 Drak.:

    adjutus casu,

    Suet. Tib. 13:

    suffragio,

    id. Vitell. 7:

    manu alicujus,

    id. Dom. 14:

    adjuvare preces,

    id. Ner. 21:

    pennis adjutus amoris,

    Ov. M. 1, 540; so Juv. 6, 504; Sil. 6, 249; cf. id. 5, 326.—
    II.
    Esp.
    A.
    To help, cherish (esp. a state of mind), to sustain:

    jam tu quoque hujus adjuvas insaniam,

    Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 166:

    ferendus error immo vero etiam adjuvandus,

    Cic. Att. 12, 43:

    clamore Romani adjuvant militem suum,

    animate, encourage, Liv. 1, 25; so Curt. 3, 6:

    ignem,

    Liv. 34, 39:

    formam cură,

    Ov. M. 2, 732.—
    B.
    Absol. (very rare), to profit, avail, be of use, be profitable (syn.: utile est, operae pretium est, convenit).
    (α).
    Impers.:

    in re mala animo si bono utare, adjuvat,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 1, 10.—
    (β).
    With subject:

    solitudo aliquid adjuvat,

    Cic. Att. 12, 14:

    alteri non multum adjuvabant,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 17:

    adjuvat hoc quoque,

    Hor. S. 2, 5, 73.
    Rare constructions. a.
    With a whole subjective clause with quod as subject: multum eorum opinionem adjuvat, quod ( the circumstance that) sine jumentis... ad iter profectos videbant, Caes. B. C. 1, 69. —
    b.
    With two acc.:

    irrides in re tanta? neque me quidquam consilio adjuvas?

    Ter. Heaut. 5, 2, 29; cf. Rudd. II. p. 179, n. 75.—
    c.
    With ut or ne:

    ut amplissimum nomen consequeremur, unus praeter ceteros adjuvisti,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 15:

    adjuvato, nequis liminis obseret tabellam,

    Cat. 324.—
    d.
    With inf.: adjuvat enim (pater, the male) incubare, helps to hatch, Plin. 11, 24, 29, § 85.—
    e.
    With the dat. of the person and the acc. of the thing:

    operam mutuam dent et messem hanc nobis adjuvent,

    Gell. 2, 29; cf. adjuto.—Hence, adjŭvans, antis, P. a., subst. with gen.:

    non haec adjuvantia causarum, sed has ipsas esse omnium causas,

    Cic. Univ. 14.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > adjuvans

  • 3 adjuvo

    ad-jŭvo, jūvi, jūtum, 1, v. a. (very rare juvavi, juvatum;

    hence, adjuvaturus,

    Petr. Sat. 18: adjŭro or adjuero = adjuvero, Enn. ap. Cic. Sen. 1, 1:

    adjuerit = adjuverit,

    Ter. Phorm. 3, 3, 4), to give aid to, to help, assist, support: aliquem. (Adjuvare applies to every kind of help or support; while auxiliari is only used of one who, from his weakness, needs assistance, and subvenire of one who is in difficulty or embarrassment; cf. Manut. ad Cic. Fam. 1, 7.)
    I.
    In gen.: O Tite, si quid te adjuero curamve levāsso quae nunc te coquit, etc., Enn. ap. Cic. Sen. 1, 1 (Ann. v. 339 Vahl.): di me etsi perdunt, tamen esse adjutam expetunt, Pac. ap. Non. 97, 14 (Rib. Trag. Rel. p. 102):

    miseras, inopes, aerumnosas aliquo auxilio,

    Plaut. Rud. 1, 4, 39:

    operā me adjuves,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 3:

    me adjuves in hac re,

    id. And. 3, 3, 10:

    id spero adjuturos deos (i. e. in ea re),

    id. ib. 3, 2, 42:

    ad verum probandum auctoritas adjuvat,

    Cic. Quint. 23:

    si nihil ad percipiendam colendamque virtutem litteris adjuvarentur,

    id. Arch. 7, 16: maerorem orationis lacrimis suis, id. de Or. [p. 39] 2, 47:

    Q. Hortensii operā rem publicam adjutam (esse),

    id. Phil. 10, 26: si nos mediocris fortuna rei publicae adjuverit, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 15:

    aliquem in filiarum collocatione,

    id. Off. 2, 16:

    auxiliis et copiis, i. e. militibus auxiliariis,

    id. Fam. 1, 7; cf. Liv. 29, 5:

    sua sponte eos adjutum profectus,

    Nep. Chabr. 2; id. Milt. 2; id. Phoc. 2:

    Antiochum Aetolosque adjuturos pronuntiat,

    Liv. 34, 37:

    fortĭs fortuna adjuvat,

    Ter. Phorm. 1, 4, 25, and Liv. 34, 37:

    aliquem ad bellum,

    id. 29, 1; cf. id. 27, 15 Drak.:

    adjutus casu,

    Suet. Tib. 13:

    suffragio,

    id. Vitell. 7:

    manu alicujus,

    id. Dom. 14:

    adjuvare preces,

    id. Ner. 21:

    pennis adjutus amoris,

    Ov. M. 1, 540; so Juv. 6, 504; Sil. 6, 249; cf. id. 5, 326.—
    II.
    Esp.
    A.
    To help, cherish (esp. a state of mind), to sustain:

    jam tu quoque hujus adjuvas insaniam,

    Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 166:

    ferendus error immo vero etiam adjuvandus,

    Cic. Att. 12, 43:

    clamore Romani adjuvant militem suum,

    animate, encourage, Liv. 1, 25; so Curt. 3, 6:

    ignem,

    Liv. 34, 39:

    formam cură,

    Ov. M. 2, 732.—
    B.
    Absol. (very rare), to profit, avail, be of use, be profitable (syn.: utile est, operae pretium est, convenit).
    (α).
    Impers.:

    in re mala animo si bono utare, adjuvat,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 1, 10.—
    (β).
    With subject:

    solitudo aliquid adjuvat,

    Cic. Att. 12, 14:

    alteri non multum adjuvabant,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 17:

    adjuvat hoc quoque,

    Hor. S. 2, 5, 73.
    Rare constructions. a.
    With a whole subjective clause with quod as subject: multum eorum opinionem adjuvat, quod ( the circumstance that) sine jumentis... ad iter profectos videbant, Caes. B. C. 1, 69. —
    b.
    With two acc.:

    irrides in re tanta? neque me quidquam consilio adjuvas?

    Ter. Heaut. 5, 2, 29; cf. Rudd. II. p. 179, n. 75.—
    c.
    With ut or ne:

    ut amplissimum nomen consequeremur, unus praeter ceteros adjuvisti,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 15:

    adjuvato, nequis liminis obseret tabellam,

    Cat. 324.—
    d.
    With inf.: adjuvat enim (pater, the male) incubare, helps to hatch, Plin. 11, 24, 29, § 85.—
    e.
    With the dat. of the person and the acc. of the thing:

    operam mutuam dent et messem hanc nobis adjuvent,

    Gell. 2, 29; cf. adjuto.—Hence, adjŭvans, antis, P. a., subst. with gen.:

    non haec adjuvantia causarum, sed has ipsas esse omnium causas,

    Cic. Univ. 14.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > adjuvo

  • 4 rectum

    rĕgo, xi, ctum, 3, v. a. [Sanscr. arg-, argami, to obtain; Gr. oregô reach after; cf. [p. 1552] Sanscr. rāgan; Goth. reiks, king; Germ. Reich and Recht], to keep straight or from going wrong, to lead straight; to guide, conduct, direct (freq. and class.; syn.: guberno, moderor).
    I.
    Lit.:

    deus est, qui regit et moderatur et movet id corpus, cui praepositus est,

    Cic. Rep. 6, 24, 26:

    manus una (navem) regit,

    Lucr. 4, 903:

    onera navium velis,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 13:

    arte ratem,

    Ov. Tr. 1, 4, 12; cf.

    clavum,

    Verg. A. 10, 218:

    te ventorum regat pater,

    Hor. C. 1, 3, 3:

    vela,

    Prop. 2, 28 (3, 24), 24:

    coërcet et regit beluam,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 40, 67:

    equum,

    Liv. 35, 11:

    equos,

    Ov. A. A. 3, 556; id. Ib. 474; cf.

    quadrupedes,

    id. M. 2, 86:

    spumantia ora (equi),

    id. ib. 8, 34:

    frena,

    id. P. 4, 12, 24:

    equi impotentes regendi,

    Liv. 35, 11; Ov. Tr. 1, 3, 28; Curt. 4, 15, 28:

    currus,

    Ov. A. A. 1, 4; Curt. 8, 14, 7: taurus ex grege, quem prope litora regebat, Sall. H. Fragm. ap. Prisc. p. 715 P.; Quint. 1, 1, 27:

    rege tela per auras,

    Verg. A. 9, 409:

    tela per viscera Caesaris,

    Luc. 7, 350; cf.:

    missum jaculum,

    Ov. M. 7, 684:

    sagittas nusquam,

    Luc. 7, 515:

    regens tenui vestigia filo,

    Cat. 64, 113; cf.:

    Daedalium iter lino duce,

    Prop. 2, 14 (3, 6), 8:

    caeca filo vestigia,

    Verg. A. 6, 30:

    diverso flamina tractu,

    Ov. M. 1, 59:

    gressus,

    Vulg. Judic. 16, 26.—
    B.
    In partic., jurid. t. t.:

    regere fines,

    to draw the boundaries, mark out the limits, Cic. Leg. 1, 21, 55; id. Top. 10, 43; id. Mur. 9, 22; Tib. 1, 3, 44; cf. Dig. 10, 1, and Cod. Just. 3, 39 tit. Finium regundorum.—
    II.
    Trop., to guide, lead, conduct, manage, direct.
    A.
    In gen.:

    Deus qui omnem hunc mundum regit,

    Cic. Rep. 6, 13, 13:

    domum,

    id. ib. 1, 39, 61:

    rem consilio,

    Ter. Eun. 1, 1, 13:

    belli fera munera Mavors regit,

    Lucr. 1, 33; cf.

    bella,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 17; Sil. 7, 47:

    omnia nostra ita gerito, regito, gubernato, ut, etc.,

    Cic. Att. 16, 2, 2:

    alicujus animum atque ingenium,

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 90; cf.:

    animi motus (with moderari cupiditates),

    Cic. Part. Or. 22, 76:

    mores,

    Ov. M. 15, 834:

    animos dictis,

    Verg. A. 1, 153:

    animum,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 2, 62:

    ut me ipse regam,

    id. ib. 1, 1, 27:

    consilia senatus,

    Quint. 12, 1, 26:

    valetudines principis,

    Tac. A. 6, 50; cf.:

    valetudinem arbitratu suo,

    Suet. Tib. 68 al.:

    neque regerentur magis quam regerent casus,

    Sall. J. 1, 5; cf.:

    jam regi leges, non regere,

    Liv. 10, 13:

    utroque vorsum rectum est ingenium meum,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 6:

    vellem suscepisses juvenem regendum,

    Cic. Att. 10, 6, 2; cf. Suet. Tib. 50; id. Claud. 9:

    Silvanum specie obsequii regebat,

    Tac. H. 3, 50:

    nemo regere potest, nisi qui et regi,

    Sen. Ira, 2, 15 fin.; Quint. 12, 10, 69.—
    B.
    Transf.
    1.
    To sway, control, rule, govern, have the supremacy over any thing:

    quare qui convenit polliceri operam suam rei publicae, cum rem publicam regere nesciant?

    Cic. Rep. 1, 6, 11; so,

    rem publicam,

    id. ib. 1, 26, 41;

    1, 27, 43: in iis civitatibus quae ab optimis reguntur,

    id. ib. 1, 34 fin.;

    2, 9, 15: illa civitas optimatium arbitrio regi dicitur,

    id. ib. 1, 26, 42; cf.:

    Massilienses per delectos et principes cives summā justitiā reguntur,

    id. ib. 1, 27, 43:

    Frisios,

    Tac. A. 4, 72:

    populos imperio,

    Verg. A. 6, 851:

    imperiis Italiam,

    id. ib. 4, 230:

    legiones,

    Tac. A. 15, 7; cf.

    cohortes,

    id. H. 4, 12:

    exercitum,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 13, 2; id. Pan. 9, 2:

    domum,

    Vulg. 1 Tim. 5, 4:

    diva, quae regis Antium,

    Hor. C. 1, 35, 1:

    Diana, quae silentium regis,

    id. Epod. 5, 51.— Transf., of abstract objects:

    animi partes consilio,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 38, 60:

    ut unius potestate regatur salus et aequabilitas et otium civium,

    id. ib. 2, 23, 43:

    rex ille (Tarquinius) neque suos mores regere poterat neque suorum libidines,

    id. ib. 2, 25, 46.— Absol.:

    Tiberio regente,

    Tac. A. 4, 33; 13, 3:

    stare rempublicam nisi uno regente non posse,

    Quint. 3, 8, 47:

    quo regente,

    Verg. Cul. 333; Just. 1, 9, 23:

    Clemens ambitioso imperio regebat,

    i. e. used his authority to court popular favor, Tac. H. 2, 12.—
    2.
    To guide into the right way one who has erred; to set right, correct: non multa peccas, sed si peccas, te regere possum, old poet ap. Cic. Mur. 29, 60 (with corrigere and inflectere):

    errantem regere,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 57:

    rogo, domine, consilio me regas, etc.,

    Plin. Ep. 10, 19 (30), 1; cf.: alicujus dubitationem, id. ib 10, 118 (119), 3.— Hence,
    I.
    P. a. as subst.: rĕgens, entis, m., a governor, prince, ruler, regent:

    contemptus regentium,

    Tac. A. 12, 54:

    in obsequium regentis,

    id. Or. 41: clementia regentis, Sen. Clem. 1, 22, 3:

    vita regentis,

    Claud. IV. Cons. Hon. 301:

    excogitare nemo quicquam poterit, quod magis decorum regenti sit quam clementia,

    Sen. Clem. 1, 19, 1; id. Ep. 59, 7:

    in vulgus manant exempla regentum (= -tium),

    Claud. Laud. Stil. 1, 168.—
    II.
    rectus, a, um, P. a., led straight along, drawn in a straight line (horizontal or vertical), straight, upright, orthos.
    A.
    Lit., of horizontal direction:

    pars Remorum recta est (opp. refracta),

    Lucr. 4, 439:

    sed nil omnino rectā regione viaï declinare,

    id. 2, 249 Munro:

    rectā regione iter instituere,

    Liv. 21, 31:

    India, rectā regione spatiosa,

    Curt. 8, 9, 2; cf. id. 7, 9, 2:

    ad nostras aedes hic quidem habet rectam viam,

    Plaut. Trin. 4, 2, 26:

    via,

    id. Cas. 5, 2, 7; id. Poen. 3, 3, 79; id. Ps. 4, 7, 37; Ter. And. 3, 4, 21; id. Phorm. 2, 1, 80; Mart. 8, 75, 2; cf.

    platea,

    Plaut. Cist. 2, 1, 58; Ter. Ad. 4, 2, 35; 43:

    porta,

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 4, 60:

    ostium,

    id. Mil. 2, 3, 58:

    ostia viarum (opp. iter flexum),

    Lucr. 4, 93:

    cursus hinc in Africam,

    Liv. 26, 43:

    saxa quae rectis lineis suos ordines servant,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 23 fin.:

    recto flumine,

    Verg. A. 8, 57:

    recto ad Iberum itinere,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 69; Liv. 22, 9:

    ne qua forent pedibus vestigia rectis,

    Verg. A. 8, 209:

    recto grassetur limite miles,

    Ov. Tr. 2, 477:

    velut rectae acies concurrissent,

    in a straight line, line of battle, Liv. 34, 28; so,

    acies,

    id. 35, 28:

    qui (quincunx), in quamcumque partem spectaveris, rectus est,

    Quint. 8, 3, 9:

    hic vos aliud nihil orat, nisi ut rectis oculis hanc urbem sibi intueri liceat,

    Cic. Rab. Post. 17, 48:

    adversus adparatus terribilium rectos oculos tenet,

    Sen. Const. 5, 5:

    rectis oculis gladios micantes videre,

    id. Ep. 76, 33; 104, 24:

    oculi,

    Suet. Aug. 16; cf.

    acies,

    Ov. M. 2, 776:

    lumen,

    Luc. 9, 638:

    vultus,

    Stat. Th. 10, 542.—Of vertical direction:

    ut hae (partes) rursum rectis lineis in caelestem locum subvolent,

    in perpendicular lines, Cic. Tusc. 1, 17, 40:

    saxa,

    perpendicular, steep, Liv. 21, 36 (just before: pleraque Alpium arrectiora sunt); cf.:

    rectae prope rupes,

    id. 38, 20:

    truncus,

    Ov. M. 7, 640:

    ita jacere talum, ut rectus assistat: qui ita talus erit jactus ut cadet rectus,

    Cic. Fin. 3, 16, 53:

    caput rectum et secundum naturam (opp. dejectum, supinum), in latus inclinatum,

    Quint. 11, 3, 69:

    homines,

    straight, erect, Cat. 10, 20; so,

    Quintia,

    id. 86, 1:

    puella,

    Hor. S. 1, 2, 123:

    senectus,

    Juv. 3, 26:

    iterque Non agit in rectum, sed in orbem curvat eundem,

    does not shape his course directly forward, Ov. M. 2, 715:

    vidit ut hostiles in rectum exire cohortes,

    Luc. 7, 327. — Comp.:

    crus Rectius,

    Hor. S. 1, 2, 82:

    rectior coma,

    smoother, straighter, Sen. Ep. 95, 24:

    longā trabe rectior exstet,

    Ov. M. 3, 78:

    crura,

    Pall. 7, 7. — Sup.:

    rectissima linea,

    Quint. 3, 6, 83:

    via,

    id. 12, 2, 27. —
    B.
    Trop.
    1.
    In gen., right, correct, proper, appropriate, befitting; opp. to what is false or improper: vobis mentes rectae quae stare solebant, Enn. ap. Cic. Sen. 6, 16 (Ann. v. 208 Vahl.):

    ut rectā viā rem narret ordine omnem,

    Ter. Heaut. 4, 3, 28 (just before: aperte, ita ut res sese habet, narrato); cf. id. And. 2, 6, 11: De. Estne hoc, ut dico? Li. Rectam instas viam: Ea res est, you ' re on the right way, Plaut. As. 1, 1, 39: in rectam redire semitam, cf. id. Cas. 2, 3, 33:

    rectā viā depelli,

    Quint. 2, 7, 29; 10, 1, 29; cf. Sen. Ep. 94, 54; Quint. 2, 6, 2;

    so post-class.: de viā rectā declinare,

    Gell. 1, 3, 15: a rectā viā avertere, Aug. Civ Dei, 12, 17, 2: ad rectum iter retrahere, Hier. in Osee, 2, 8 sq.; id. in Mich. 3, 5:

    recta consilia dare,

    Ter. And. 2, 1, 9:

    quae sint in artibus recta ac prava dijudicare,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 50, 195; cf.:

    quae sunt recta et simplicia laudantur,

    id. Off. 1, 36, 130; Quint. 9, 3, 3:

    sermo rectus et secundum naturam enunciatus,

    id. 2, 5, 11; cf.:

    (oratio) recta an ordine permutato,

    id. 1, 13, 5; 9, 4, 27:

    per Marathonis propugnatores recto sono juravit (opp. flexus vocis),

    id. 11, 3, 168 Spald.; cf. id. 11, 3, 64:

    recto ac justo proelio dimicare,

    Liv. 35, 4 fin.:

    rectarum cenarum consuetudo,

    a regular, formal supper, Suet. Dom. 7; so,

    cena,

    Mart. 2, 69, 7; 7, 20, 2; also absol.:

    recta,

    Suet. Aug. 74; Mart. 8, 50, 10:

    domus recta est (with contenta decore simplici),

    Sen. Ep. 100, 6:

    nominibus rectis expendere nummos,

    i. e. on good securities, Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 105: ut natura dedit, sic omnis recta figura, correct, beautiful, Prop. 2, 18, 25 (3, 11, 3):

    absque te esset, ego illum haberem rectum ad ingenium bonum,

    suitable, qualified, Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 8.— Subst.: rectum, i, n.:

    rectum est etiam in illis contentionibus gravitatem retinere,

    Cic. Off. 1, 38, 137:

    quid verum, quid falsum, quid rectum in oratione pravumve,

    id. Ac. 1, 5, 19:

    aliter, quam est rectum verumque dicere,

    Quint. 6, 3, 89:

    cum sit rectum, Nocere facile est, etc.,

    id. 8, 5, 6;

    so (opp. durum et incomptum),

    id. 8, 6, 65; (opp. vitiosum) id. 1, 5, 29:

    mutare aliquid a recto,

    id. 2, 13, 11:

    recta et vera loquere,

    i. e. sincerely, openly, Plaut. Capt. 5, 2, 7:

    qui haec recta tantum et in nullos flexus recedentia copiose tractaverit,

    Quint. 10, 5, 12:

    ea plerumque recta sunt,

    id. 9, 2, 5; cf. id. 9, 2, 45.— Comp.:

    rectior divisio,

    Quint. 7, 2, 39:

    si quid novisti rectius istis,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 6, 67; Cic. Rep. 1, 40, 62.— Sup.:

    rectissima ratio,

    Quint. 2, 13, 3.—
    2.
    In partic.
    a.
    Morally right, correct, lawful, just, virtuous, noble, good (opp. pravus); as subst.: rectum, i, n., that which is right, good, virtuous; uprightness, rectitude, virtue (very freq.):

    honesta res dividitur in rectum et laudabile. Rectum est, quod cum virtute et officio fit,

    Auct. Her. 3, 2, 3: illud rectum, quod katorthôma dicebat, Cic. Fin. 4, 6, 15:

    nec quicquam nisi honestum et rectum ab altero postulare,

    id. Lael. 22, 82;

    so with honestum,

    id. ib. 21, 76; id. Fin. 1, 7, 25; id. Off. 1, 24, 82; id. Fam. 5, 19, 1 al.:

    (opp. pravum) neque id Putabit, pravum an rectum siet, quod petet,

    Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 76; id. Phorm. 5, 2, 6; Cic. Ac. 2, 11, 33; id. Or. 14, 45; id. Lig. 9, 30; Quint. 1, 3, 12; 2, 4, 20 et saep.; cf.:

    recta consilia (opp. prava),

    Liv. 1, 27:

    in rectis (opp. in pravitatibus),

    Cic. Leg. 1, 11, 31:

    curvo dignoscere rectum,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 44:

    mens sibi conscia recti,

    Verg. A. 1, 604:

    fidem rectumque colebat,

    Ov. M. 1, 90:

    recta ingenia (opp. perversa),

    Plin. Ep. 4, 7, 3 et saep.:

    in omni vitā suā quemque a rectā conscientiā traversum unguem non oportet discedere,

    Cic. Att. 13, 20, 4:

    animus secundis Temporibus dubiisque rectus,

    Hor. C. 4, 9, 36:

    natura,

    id. S. 1, 6, 66:

    ex consularibus, unus L. Caesar firmus est et rectus,

    Cic. Fam. 12, 5, 2:

    judex,

    Quint. 4, 1, 13; cf.

    auditor,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 19, 6:

    vir rectus et sanctus,

    id. ib. 2, 11, 5; cf. id. ib. 7, 31, 1:

    beatus judicii rectus,

    Sen. Vit. Beat. 6, 2.— Rectum est, with subjective-clause:

    rectum est gravitatem retinere,

    Cic. Off. 1, 38 fin.; so id. ib. 3, 11, 47; id. Mur. 2, 3; id. Att. 6, 9, 4.—
    b.
    In gram.: rectus casus, the nominative case (because not inflected;

    opp. obliqui casus),

    Varr. L. L. 1 sq.; Quint. 1, 4, 13; 1, 5, 61; Gell. 13, 12, 4 et saep.—Hence the adverbs,
    A.
    rectā,
    B.
    rectō,
    C.
    rectē.
    A.
    rectā (sc. viā). straightway, straightforwards, right on, directly (freq. and class.):

    hic ad me rectā habet rectam viam,

    Plaut. Mil. 2, 6, 11; id. Ps. 4, 7, 37:

    jam ad regem rectā me ducam,

    id. Am. 4, 3, 8; 5, 1, 63; id. Capt. 3, 5, 93; id. Cas. prol. 43; id. Mil. 2, 5, 50; id. Merc. 5, 2, 92; id. Ps. 4, 2, 11; id. Rud. 3, 6, 13; Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 7:

    tu rus hinc ibis?... rectā,

    id. Ad. 3, 3, 79; id. Hec. 3, 3, 12; id. Phorm. 1, 2, 62; 5, 6, 19:

    Marius ab subselliis in rostra rectā,

    Cic. Off. 3, 20, 80; id. Att. 5, 14, 2; 6, 8, 1; 16, 10, 1; id. Fam. 9, 19, 1; id. Verr. 2, 5, 61, § 160; id. Cat. 1, 9, 23; Auct. Her. 4, 50, 63; Auct. B. Afr. 18; 40; Auct. B. Hisp. 3; Plin. 2, 47, 46, § 121 al.: tendimus hinc rectā Beneventum. Hor. S. 1, 5, 71. —
    B.
    rectō, straightforwards, directly (perh. only in the two foll. passages):

    appellationes, quae recto ad principem factae sunt,

    Dig. 49, 1, 21; Inscr. Grut. 611, 13.—
    C. 1.
    Lit., in a straight line (horizontal or perpendicular), straightly, perpendicularly, uprightly, orthôs (very rare):

    vitem bene enodatam deligato recte, flexuosa uti ne siet,

    Cato, R. R. 33, 4:

    sive aliae (atomi) declinabunt, aliae suo nutu recte ferentur... quae (atomi) recte, quae oblique ferantur,

    Cic. Fin. 1, 6, 20:

    satyri, cum quadrupedes, tum recte currentes, humanā effigie,

    Plin. 7, 2, 2, § 24.—
    2.
    Trop., rightly, correctly, properly, duly, suitably, well, advantageously, accurately (very freq. in all periods and styles):

    recta et vera loquere, sed neque vere neque recte adhuc Fecisti umquam,

    Plaut. Capt. 5, 2, 7; cf. Cic. Lael. 2, 8:

    fecisti edepol et recte et bene,

    Plaut. Capt. 5, 4, 20: si facias recte [p. 1553] aut commode, id. Cas. 2, 3, 42;

    so with commode,

    Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 100:

    recte et sapienter facit,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 133; cf. id. ib. 3, 4, 12:

    recte atque ordine factum,

    Cic. Quint. 7, 28:

    recte atque ordine facere,

    id. Phil. 3, 15, 38; Sall. C. 51, 4; Liv. 24, 31; 28, 39; 30, 17 et saep.;

    v. Brisson. Form. II. p. 197: recte ac merito miseriā commoveri,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 67, § 172:

    recte atque in loco constare,

    id. Mur. 12, 26:

    recte factum,

    Plaut. Capt. 3, 5, 52:

    seu recte seu pervorse facta sunt,

    id. Trin. 1, 2, 146:

    seu recte seu perperam facere,

    Cic. Quint. 8, 31; so (opp. perperam) Sall. J. 31, 27; Liv. 29, 17:

    recte dictum (opp. absurde),

    Plaut. Capt. 1, 1, 4:

    recte concludere (opp. vitiose),

    Cic. Ac. 2, 30, 98:

    recte factum (opp. turpiter),

    Caes. B. G. 7, 80 et saep.:

    recte rationem tenes,

    Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 47:

    hercle quin tu recte dicis,

    id. Men. 2, 3, 74; id. Merc. 2, 3, 77; 5, 4, 47: recte auguraris de me, Caes. ap. Cic. Att. 9, 16, 1:

    non recte judicas de Catone,

    Cic. Lael. 2, 9; cf.:

    rectissime quidem judicas,

    id. Rep. 3, 32, 44:

    tum demum sciam Recta monuisse, si tu recte caveris,

    Plaut. Men. 2, 2, 71 sq.:

    monere,

    id. Bacch. 2, 3, 96; id. Ps. 4, 4, 12; id. Pers. 4, 4, 53; id. Rud. 3, 5, 49; cf.:

    admonere recte,

    id. Men. 5, 9, 33:

    suis amicis recte res suas narrare,

    properly, openly, id. Poen. 5, 6, 2:

    hic (Epicurus) circumitione quādam deos tollens recte non dubitat divinationem tollere,

    consistently, logically, Cic. Div. 2, 17, 40:

    aliquem asservare recte, ne aufugiat,

    duly, carefully, Plaut. Men. 1, 1, 11:

    alicui recte dare epistulam,

    correctly, id. Ps. 4, 2, 33:

    cum fuit cui recte ad te litteras darem,

    safely, Cic. Att. 4, 1, 1; id. Fam. 1, 7, 1; so,

    sed habebat ducem Gabinium, quicum quidvis rectissime facere posset,

    id. Phil. 2, 19, 49; cf.:

    alicui suam salutem recte committere,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 6 fin.; id. B. C. 1, 74:

    si recte ambulaverit is, qui hanc epistulam tulit,

    goes as he ought, Cic. Att. 9, 4, 3: tabernaculum recte captum, i. e. in the prescribed manner (opp. vitio captum), id. Div. 2, 35, 75; Liv. 4, 7; cf.:

    ludi recte facti,

    id. 36, 2:

    ver sacrum non esse recte factum,

    id. 34, 44: procedere recte, well, rightly, Enn. ap. Acron. ad Hor. S. 1, 2, 37 (Ann. v. 454 Vahl.): Pi. Recte valet? Ch. Vivit recte et valet, Plaut. Bacch. 2, 2, 11, and 14:

    valere,

    id. Merc. 2, 3, 53:

    apud matrem recte est,

    i. e. she is quite well, Cic. Att. 1, 7 init.; so,

    recte esse,

    id. ib. 14, 16, 4 (with belle); Hor. S. 2, 3, 162 Orell.; cf.: Tullia nostra recte valet... Praeterea rectissime sunt apud te omnia, Dolab. ap. Cic. Fam. 9, 9, 1:

    recte sit oculis tuis,

    Gell. 13, 30, 11:

    olivetum recte putare,

    properly, advantageously, Cato, R. R. 44:

    solet illa recte sub manus succedere,

    well, Plaut. Pers. 4, 1, 2:

    recte cavere,

    to look out well, take good care, id. Bacch. 3, 6, 15; id. Ep. 2, 2, 107; id. Most. 3, 3, 23; id. Men. 2, 2, 72; cf.: recte sibi videre, to look out well for one ' s self, Ter. Phorm. 1, 4, 12 Ruhnk.:

    deos volo consilia vostra recte vortere,

    well, happily, Plaut. Trin. 5, 2, 31; so,

    vortere,

    id. Aul. 2, 2, 41: recte vendere, well, i. e. dearly, at a high price (opp. male), Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 98, § 227:

    alicui nec recte dicere, i. e. male, injuriose,

    Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 11; id. Most. 1, 3, 83; id. Poen. 3, 1, 13; cf.:

    nec recte loqui alicui,

    id. Bacch. 4, 4, 83:

    nec recte dicere in aliquem,

    id. As. 1, 3, 3;

    and simply nec recte dicere,

    id. Ps. 4, 6, 23.— Comp.:

    ad omnia alia aetate sapimus rectius,

    Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 46:

    hic tibi erit rectius,

    Plaut. Men. 2, 3, 31:

    rectius bella gerere,

    Liv. 3, 2 fin.:

    non possidentem multa vocaveris Recte beatum, rectius occupet Nomen beati, qui, etc.,

    Hor. C. 4, 9, 46.— Sup., Cic. Rep. 3, 32, 44; v. supra. —
    b.
    With adjj., right, well, properly, very, much, to strengthen the idea (ante-class.): illasce oves, quā de re agitur, sanas recte esse, uti pecus ovillum, quod recte sanum est, etc., an ancient formula in Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 6:

    locus recte ferax,

    Cato, R. R. 44:

    salvus sum recte,

    Plaut. Am. 2, 1, 34:

    morata recte,

    id. Aul. 2, 2, 62:

    oneratus recte,

    id. Bacch. 2, 3, 115:

    non recte vinctus est,

    Ter. And. 5, 4, 52.—
    c.
    Ellipt., esp. in answers, in colloquial lang., well, quite well, right, excellently: Thr. Primum aedis expugnabo. Gn. Recte. Thr. Virginem eripiam. Gn. Probe. Thr. Male mulcabo ipsam. Gn. Pulchre, Ter. Eun. 4, 7, 3: quid vos? quo pacto hic? satin recte? (sc. est, agitur, valetis, etc.), quite well? id. And. 4, 5, 9; cf.: Le. Satin' salve? dic mihi. Ca. Recte, Plaut. Trin. 5, 2, 54; and: De. Quid fit? quid agitur? Sy. Recte. De. Optime'st, Ter. Ad. 5, 5, 3; Quint. 6, 3, 84.—
    B.
    So, in colloquial lang., freq. like benigne and the Gr. kalôs, or kallista echei, as a courteously evasive answer, all ' s well, it ' s all right, there ' s nothing the matter; or, in politely declining an offer, nothing is wanting, no I thank you: De. Unde incedis? quid festinas, gnate mi? Ch. Recte pater, Plaut. Merc. 2, 3, 33; cf.: So. Quid es tam tristis? Pa. Recte mater, Ter. Hec. 3, 2, 20; and: Ch. Quid tu istic? Syr. Recte equidem, id. Heaut. 3, 2, 7: Mi. Quid est? Aes. Nihil, recte, perge, id. Ad. 4, 5, 19:

    rogo numquid velit? Recte inquit,

    i. e. no, nothing, id. Eun. 2, 3, 51; so,

    in an exclamation: clamabit, pulchre! bene! recte!

    Hor. A. P. 4, 28.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > rectum

  • 5 regens

    rĕgo, xi, ctum, 3, v. a. [Sanscr. arg-, argami, to obtain; Gr. oregô reach after; cf. [p. 1552] Sanscr. rāgan; Goth. reiks, king; Germ. Reich and Recht], to keep straight or from going wrong, to lead straight; to guide, conduct, direct (freq. and class.; syn.: guberno, moderor).
    I.
    Lit.:

    deus est, qui regit et moderatur et movet id corpus, cui praepositus est,

    Cic. Rep. 6, 24, 26:

    manus una (navem) regit,

    Lucr. 4, 903:

    onera navium velis,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 13:

    arte ratem,

    Ov. Tr. 1, 4, 12; cf.

    clavum,

    Verg. A. 10, 218:

    te ventorum regat pater,

    Hor. C. 1, 3, 3:

    vela,

    Prop. 2, 28 (3, 24), 24:

    coërcet et regit beluam,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 40, 67:

    equum,

    Liv. 35, 11:

    equos,

    Ov. A. A. 3, 556; id. Ib. 474; cf.

    quadrupedes,

    id. M. 2, 86:

    spumantia ora (equi),

    id. ib. 8, 34:

    frena,

    id. P. 4, 12, 24:

    equi impotentes regendi,

    Liv. 35, 11; Ov. Tr. 1, 3, 28; Curt. 4, 15, 28:

    currus,

    Ov. A. A. 1, 4; Curt. 8, 14, 7: taurus ex grege, quem prope litora regebat, Sall. H. Fragm. ap. Prisc. p. 715 P.; Quint. 1, 1, 27:

    rege tela per auras,

    Verg. A. 9, 409:

    tela per viscera Caesaris,

    Luc. 7, 350; cf.:

    missum jaculum,

    Ov. M. 7, 684:

    sagittas nusquam,

    Luc. 7, 515:

    regens tenui vestigia filo,

    Cat. 64, 113; cf.:

    Daedalium iter lino duce,

    Prop. 2, 14 (3, 6), 8:

    caeca filo vestigia,

    Verg. A. 6, 30:

    diverso flamina tractu,

    Ov. M. 1, 59:

    gressus,

    Vulg. Judic. 16, 26.—
    B.
    In partic., jurid. t. t.:

    regere fines,

    to draw the boundaries, mark out the limits, Cic. Leg. 1, 21, 55; id. Top. 10, 43; id. Mur. 9, 22; Tib. 1, 3, 44; cf. Dig. 10, 1, and Cod. Just. 3, 39 tit. Finium regundorum.—
    II.
    Trop., to guide, lead, conduct, manage, direct.
    A.
    In gen.:

    Deus qui omnem hunc mundum regit,

    Cic. Rep. 6, 13, 13:

    domum,

    id. ib. 1, 39, 61:

    rem consilio,

    Ter. Eun. 1, 1, 13:

    belli fera munera Mavors regit,

    Lucr. 1, 33; cf.

    bella,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 17; Sil. 7, 47:

    omnia nostra ita gerito, regito, gubernato, ut, etc.,

    Cic. Att. 16, 2, 2:

    alicujus animum atque ingenium,

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 90; cf.:

    animi motus (with moderari cupiditates),

    Cic. Part. Or. 22, 76:

    mores,

    Ov. M. 15, 834:

    animos dictis,

    Verg. A. 1, 153:

    animum,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 2, 62:

    ut me ipse regam,

    id. ib. 1, 1, 27:

    consilia senatus,

    Quint. 12, 1, 26:

    valetudines principis,

    Tac. A. 6, 50; cf.:

    valetudinem arbitratu suo,

    Suet. Tib. 68 al.:

    neque regerentur magis quam regerent casus,

    Sall. J. 1, 5; cf.:

    jam regi leges, non regere,

    Liv. 10, 13:

    utroque vorsum rectum est ingenium meum,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 6:

    vellem suscepisses juvenem regendum,

    Cic. Att. 10, 6, 2; cf. Suet. Tib. 50; id. Claud. 9:

    Silvanum specie obsequii regebat,

    Tac. H. 3, 50:

    nemo regere potest, nisi qui et regi,

    Sen. Ira, 2, 15 fin.; Quint. 12, 10, 69.—
    B.
    Transf.
    1.
    To sway, control, rule, govern, have the supremacy over any thing:

    quare qui convenit polliceri operam suam rei publicae, cum rem publicam regere nesciant?

    Cic. Rep. 1, 6, 11; so,

    rem publicam,

    id. ib. 1, 26, 41;

    1, 27, 43: in iis civitatibus quae ab optimis reguntur,

    id. ib. 1, 34 fin.;

    2, 9, 15: illa civitas optimatium arbitrio regi dicitur,

    id. ib. 1, 26, 42; cf.:

    Massilienses per delectos et principes cives summā justitiā reguntur,

    id. ib. 1, 27, 43:

    Frisios,

    Tac. A. 4, 72:

    populos imperio,

    Verg. A. 6, 851:

    imperiis Italiam,

    id. ib. 4, 230:

    legiones,

    Tac. A. 15, 7; cf.

    cohortes,

    id. H. 4, 12:

    exercitum,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 13, 2; id. Pan. 9, 2:

    domum,

    Vulg. 1 Tim. 5, 4:

    diva, quae regis Antium,

    Hor. C. 1, 35, 1:

    Diana, quae silentium regis,

    id. Epod. 5, 51.— Transf., of abstract objects:

    animi partes consilio,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 38, 60:

    ut unius potestate regatur salus et aequabilitas et otium civium,

    id. ib. 2, 23, 43:

    rex ille (Tarquinius) neque suos mores regere poterat neque suorum libidines,

    id. ib. 2, 25, 46.— Absol.:

    Tiberio regente,

    Tac. A. 4, 33; 13, 3:

    stare rempublicam nisi uno regente non posse,

    Quint. 3, 8, 47:

    quo regente,

    Verg. Cul. 333; Just. 1, 9, 23:

    Clemens ambitioso imperio regebat,

    i. e. used his authority to court popular favor, Tac. H. 2, 12.—
    2.
    To guide into the right way one who has erred; to set right, correct: non multa peccas, sed si peccas, te regere possum, old poet ap. Cic. Mur. 29, 60 (with corrigere and inflectere):

    errantem regere,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 57:

    rogo, domine, consilio me regas, etc.,

    Plin. Ep. 10, 19 (30), 1; cf.: alicujus dubitationem, id. ib 10, 118 (119), 3.— Hence,
    I.
    P. a. as subst.: rĕgens, entis, m., a governor, prince, ruler, regent:

    contemptus regentium,

    Tac. A. 12, 54:

    in obsequium regentis,

    id. Or. 41: clementia regentis, Sen. Clem. 1, 22, 3:

    vita regentis,

    Claud. IV. Cons. Hon. 301:

    excogitare nemo quicquam poterit, quod magis decorum regenti sit quam clementia,

    Sen. Clem. 1, 19, 1; id. Ep. 59, 7:

    in vulgus manant exempla regentum (= -tium),

    Claud. Laud. Stil. 1, 168.—
    II.
    rectus, a, um, P. a., led straight along, drawn in a straight line (horizontal or vertical), straight, upright, orthos.
    A.
    Lit., of horizontal direction:

    pars Remorum recta est (opp. refracta),

    Lucr. 4, 439:

    sed nil omnino rectā regione viaï declinare,

    id. 2, 249 Munro:

    rectā regione iter instituere,

    Liv. 21, 31:

    India, rectā regione spatiosa,

    Curt. 8, 9, 2; cf. id. 7, 9, 2:

    ad nostras aedes hic quidem habet rectam viam,

    Plaut. Trin. 4, 2, 26:

    via,

    id. Cas. 5, 2, 7; id. Poen. 3, 3, 79; id. Ps. 4, 7, 37; Ter. And. 3, 4, 21; id. Phorm. 2, 1, 80; Mart. 8, 75, 2; cf.

    platea,

    Plaut. Cist. 2, 1, 58; Ter. Ad. 4, 2, 35; 43:

    porta,

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 4, 60:

    ostium,

    id. Mil. 2, 3, 58:

    ostia viarum (opp. iter flexum),

    Lucr. 4, 93:

    cursus hinc in Africam,

    Liv. 26, 43:

    saxa quae rectis lineis suos ordines servant,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 23 fin.:

    recto flumine,

    Verg. A. 8, 57:

    recto ad Iberum itinere,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 69; Liv. 22, 9:

    ne qua forent pedibus vestigia rectis,

    Verg. A. 8, 209:

    recto grassetur limite miles,

    Ov. Tr. 2, 477:

    velut rectae acies concurrissent,

    in a straight line, line of battle, Liv. 34, 28; so,

    acies,

    id. 35, 28:

    qui (quincunx), in quamcumque partem spectaveris, rectus est,

    Quint. 8, 3, 9:

    hic vos aliud nihil orat, nisi ut rectis oculis hanc urbem sibi intueri liceat,

    Cic. Rab. Post. 17, 48:

    adversus adparatus terribilium rectos oculos tenet,

    Sen. Const. 5, 5:

    rectis oculis gladios micantes videre,

    id. Ep. 76, 33; 104, 24:

    oculi,

    Suet. Aug. 16; cf.

    acies,

    Ov. M. 2, 776:

    lumen,

    Luc. 9, 638:

    vultus,

    Stat. Th. 10, 542.—Of vertical direction:

    ut hae (partes) rursum rectis lineis in caelestem locum subvolent,

    in perpendicular lines, Cic. Tusc. 1, 17, 40:

    saxa,

    perpendicular, steep, Liv. 21, 36 (just before: pleraque Alpium arrectiora sunt); cf.:

    rectae prope rupes,

    id. 38, 20:

    truncus,

    Ov. M. 7, 640:

    ita jacere talum, ut rectus assistat: qui ita talus erit jactus ut cadet rectus,

    Cic. Fin. 3, 16, 53:

    caput rectum et secundum naturam (opp. dejectum, supinum), in latus inclinatum,

    Quint. 11, 3, 69:

    homines,

    straight, erect, Cat. 10, 20; so,

    Quintia,

    id. 86, 1:

    puella,

    Hor. S. 1, 2, 123:

    senectus,

    Juv. 3, 26:

    iterque Non agit in rectum, sed in orbem curvat eundem,

    does not shape his course directly forward, Ov. M. 2, 715:

    vidit ut hostiles in rectum exire cohortes,

    Luc. 7, 327. — Comp.:

    crus Rectius,

    Hor. S. 1, 2, 82:

    rectior coma,

    smoother, straighter, Sen. Ep. 95, 24:

    longā trabe rectior exstet,

    Ov. M. 3, 78:

    crura,

    Pall. 7, 7. — Sup.:

    rectissima linea,

    Quint. 3, 6, 83:

    via,

    id. 12, 2, 27. —
    B.
    Trop.
    1.
    In gen., right, correct, proper, appropriate, befitting; opp. to what is false or improper: vobis mentes rectae quae stare solebant, Enn. ap. Cic. Sen. 6, 16 (Ann. v. 208 Vahl.):

    ut rectā viā rem narret ordine omnem,

    Ter. Heaut. 4, 3, 28 (just before: aperte, ita ut res sese habet, narrato); cf. id. And. 2, 6, 11: De. Estne hoc, ut dico? Li. Rectam instas viam: Ea res est, you ' re on the right way, Plaut. As. 1, 1, 39: in rectam redire semitam, cf. id. Cas. 2, 3, 33:

    rectā viā depelli,

    Quint. 2, 7, 29; 10, 1, 29; cf. Sen. Ep. 94, 54; Quint. 2, 6, 2;

    so post-class.: de viā rectā declinare,

    Gell. 1, 3, 15: a rectā viā avertere, Aug. Civ Dei, 12, 17, 2: ad rectum iter retrahere, Hier. in Osee, 2, 8 sq.; id. in Mich. 3, 5:

    recta consilia dare,

    Ter. And. 2, 1, 9:

    quae sint in artibus recta ac prava dijudicare,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 50, 195; cf.:

    quae sunt recta et simplicia laudantur,

    id. Off. 1, 36, 130; Quint. 9, 3, 3:

    sermo rectus et secundum naturam enunciatus,

    id. 2, 5, 11; cf.:

    (oratio) recta an ordine permutato,

    id. 1, 13, 5; 9, 4, 27:

    per Marathonis propugnatores recto sono juravit (opp. flexus vocis),

    id. 11, 3, 168 Spald.; cf. id. 11, 3, 64:

    recto ac justo proelio dimicare,

    Liv. 35, 4 fin.:

    rectarum cenarum consuetudo,

    a regular, formal supper, Suet. Dom. 7; so,

    cena,

    Mart. 2, 69, 7; 7, 20, 2; also absol.:

    recta,

    Suet. Aug. 74; Mart. 8, 50, 10:

    domus recta est (with contenta decore simplici),

    Sen. Ep. 100, 6:

    nominibus rectis expendere nummos,

    i. e. on good securities, Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 105: ut natura dedit, sic omnis recta figura, correct, beautiful, Prop. 2, 18, 25 (3, 11, 3):

    absque te esset, ego illum haberem rectum ad ingenium bonum,

    suitable, qualified, Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 8.— Subst.: rectum, i, n.:

    rectum est etiam in illis contentionibus gravitatem retinere,

    Cic. Off. 1, 38, 137:

    quid verum, quid falsum, quid rectum in oratione pravumve,

    id. Ac. 1, 5, 19:

    aliter, quam est rectum verumque dicere,

    Quint. 6, 3, 89:

    cum sit rectum, Nocere facile est, etc.,

    id. 8, 5, 6;

    so (opp. durum et incomptum),

    id. 8, 6, 65; (opp. vitiosum) id. 1, 5, 29:

    mutare aliquid a recto,

    id. 2, 13, 11:

    recta et vera loquere,

    i. e. sincerely, openly, Plaut. Capt. 5, 2, 7:

    qui haec recta tantum et in nullos flexus recedentia copiose tractaverit,

    Quint. 10, 5, 12:

    ea plerumque recta sunt,

    id. 9, 2, 5; cf. id. 9, 2, 45.— Comp.:

    rectior divisio,

    Quint. 7, 2, 39:

    si quid novisti rectius istis,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 6, 67; Cic. Rep. 1, 40, 62.— Sup.:

    rectissima ratio,

    Quint. 2, 13, 3.—
    2.
    In partic.
    a.
    Morally right, correct, lawful, just, virtuous, noble, good (opp. pravus); as subst.: rectum, i, n., that which is right, good, virtuous; uprightness, rectitude, virtue (very freq.):

    honesta res dividitur in rectum et laudabile. Rectum est, quod cum virtute et officio fit,

    Auct. Her. 3, 2, 3: illud rectum, quod katorthôma dicebat, Cic. Fin. 4, 6, 15:

    nec quicquam nisi honestum et rectum ab altero postulare,

    id. Lael. 22, 82;

    so with honestum,

    id. ib. 21, 76; id. Fin. 1, 7, 25; id. Off. 1, 24, 82; id. Fam. 5, 19, 1 al.:

    (opp. pravum) neque id Putabit, pravum an rectum siet, quod petet,

    Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 76; id. Phorm. 5, 2, 6; Cic. Ac. 2, 11, 33; id. Or. 14, 45; id. Lig. 9, 30; Quint. 1, 3, 12; 2, 4, 20 et saep.; cf.:

    recta consilia (opp. prava),

    Liv. 1, 27:

    in rectis (opp. in pravitatibus),

    Cic. Leg. 1, 11, 31:

    curvo dignoscere rectum,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 44:

    mens sibi conscia recti,

    Verg. A. 1, 604:

    fidem rectumque colebat,

    Ov. M. 1, 90:

    recta ingenia (opp. perversa),

    Plin. Ep. 4, 7, 3 et saep.:

    in omni vitā suā quemque a rectā conscientiā traversum unguem non oportet discedere,

    Cic. Att. 13, 20, 4:

    animus secundis Temporibus dubiisque rectus,

    Hor. C. 4, 9, 36:

    natura,

    id. S. 1, 6, 66:

    ex consularibus, unus L. Caesar firmus est et rectus,

    Cic. Fam. 12, 5, 2:

    judex,

    Quint. 4, 1, 13; cf.

    auditor,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 19, 6:

    vir rectus et sanctus,

    id. ib. 2, 11, 5; cf. id. ib. 7, 31, 1:

    beatus judicii rectus,

    Sen. Vit. Beat. 6, 2.— Rectum est, with subjective-clause:

    rectum est gravitatem retinere,

    Cic. Off. 1, 38 fin.; so id. ib. 3, 11, 47; id. Mur. 2, 3; id. Att. 6, 9, 4.—
    b.
    In gram.: rectus casus, the nominative case (because not inflected;

    opp. obliqui casus),

    Varr. L. L. 1 sq.; Quint. 1, 4, 13; 1, 5, 61; Gell. 13, 12, 4 et saep.—Hence the adverbs,
    A.
    rectā,
    B.
    rectō,
    C.
    rectē.
    A.
    rectā (sc. viā). straightway, straightforwards, right on, directly (freq. and class.):

    hic ad me rectā habet rectam viam,

    Plaut. Mil. 2, 6, 11; id. Ps. 4, 7, 37:

    jam ad regem rectā me ducam,

    id. Am. 4, 3, 8; 5, 1, 63; id. Capt. 3, 5, 93; id. Cas. prol. 43; id. Mil. 2, 5, 50; id. Merc. 5, 2, 92; id. Ps. 4, 2, 11; id. Rud. 3, 6, 13; Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 7:

    tu rus hinc ibis?... rectā,

    id. Ad. 3, 3, 79; id. Hec. 3, 3, 12; id. Phorm. 1, 2, 62; 5, 6, 19:

    Marius ab subselliis in rostra rectā,

    Cic. Off. 3, 20, 80; id. Att. 5, 14, 2; 6, 8, 1; 16, 10, 1; id. Fam. 9, 19, 1; id. Verr. 2, 5, 61, § 160; id. Cat. 1, 9, 23; Auct. Her. 4, 50, 63; Auct. B. Afr. 18; 40; Auct. B. Hisp. 3; Plin. 2, 47, 46, § 121 al.: tendimus hinc rectā Beneventum. Hor. S. 1, 5, 71. —
    B.
    rectō, straightforwards, directly (perh. only in the two foll. passages):

    appellationes, quae recto ad principem factae sunt,

    Dig. 49, 1, 21; Inscr. Grut. 611, 13.—
    C. 1.
    Lit., in a straight line (horizontal or perpendicular), straightly, perpendicularly, uprightly, orthôs (very rare):

    vitem bene enodatam deligato recte, flexuosa uti ne siet,

    Cato, R. R. 33, 4:

    sive aliae (atomi) declinabunt, aliae suo nutu recte ferentur... quae (atomi) recte, quae oblique ferantur,

    Cic. Fin. 1, 6, 20:

    satyri, cum quadrupedes, tum recte currentes, humanā effigie,

    Plin. 7, 2, 2, § 24.—
    2.
    Trop., rightly, correctly, properly, duly, suitably, well, advantageously, accurately (very freq. in all periods and styles):

    recta et vera loquere, sed neque vere neque recte adhuc Fecisti umquam,

    Plaut. Capt. 5, 2, 7; cf. Cic. Lael. 2, 8:

    fecisti edepol et recte et bene,

    Plaut. Capt. 5, 4, 20: si facias recte [p. 1553] aut commode, id. Cas. 2, 3, 42;

    so with commode,

    Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 100:

    recte et sapienter facit,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 133; cf. id. ib. 3, 4, 12:

    recte atque ordine factum,

    Cic. Quint. 7, 28:

    recte atque ordine facere,

    id. Phil. 3, 15, 38; Sall. C. 51, 4; Liv. 24, 31; 28, 39; 30, 17 et saep.;

    v. Brisson. Form. II. p. 197: recte ac merito miseriā commoveri,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 67, § 172:

    recte atque in loco constare,

    id. Mur. 12, 26:

    recte factum,

    Plaut. Capt. 3, 5, 52:

    seu recte seu pervorse facta sunt,

    id. Trin. 1, 2, 146:

    seu recte seu perperam facere,

    Cic. Quint. 8, 31; so (opp. perperam) Sall. J. 31, 27; Liv. 29, 17:

    recte dictum (opp. absurde),

    Plaut. Capt. 1, 1, 4:

    recte concludere (opp. vitiose),

    Cic. Ac. 2, 30, 98:

    recte factum (opp. turpiter),

    Caes. B. G. 7, 80 et saep.:

    recte rationem tenes,

    Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 47:

    hercle quin tu recte dicis,

    id. Men. 2, 3, 74; id. Merc. 2, 3, 77; 5, 4, 47: recte auguraris de me, Caes. ap. Cic. Att. 9, 16, 1:

    non recte judicas de Catone,

    Cic. Lael. 2, 9; cf.:

    rectissime quidem judicas,

    id. Rep. 3, 32, 44:

    tum demum sciam Recta monuisse, si tu recte caveris,

    Plaut. Men. 2, 2, 71 sq.:

    monere,

    id. Bacch. 2, 3, 96; id. Ps. 4, 4, 12; id. Pers. 4, 4, 53; id. Rud. 3, 5, 49; cf.:

    admonere recte,

    id. Men. 5, 9, 33:

    suis amicis recte res suas narrare,

    properly, openly, id. Poen. 5, 6, 2:

    hic (Epicurus) circumitione quādam deos tollens recte non dubitat divinationem tollere,

    consistently, logically, Cic. Div. 2, 17, 40:

    aliquem asservare recte, ne aufugiat,

    duly, carefully, Plaut. Men. 1, 1, 11:

    alicui recte dare epistulam,

    correctly, id. Ps. 4, 2, 33:

    cum fuit cui recte ad te litteras darem,

    safely, Cic. Att. 4, 1, 1; id. Fam. 1, 7, 1; so,

    sed habebat ducem Gabinium, quicum quidvis rectissime facere posset,

    id. Phil. 2, 19, 49; cf.:

    alicui suam salutem recte committere,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 6 fin.; id. B. C. 1, 74:

    si recte ambulaverit is, qui hanc epistulam tulit,

    goes as he ought, Cic. Att. 9, 4, 3: tabernaculum recte captum, i. e. in the prescribed manner (opp. vitio captum), id. Div. 2, 35, 75; Liv. 4, 7; cf.:

    ludi recte facti,

    id. 36, 2:

    ver sacrum non esse recte factum,

    id. 34, 44: procedere recte, well, rightly, Enn. ap. Acron. ad Hor. S. 1, 2, 37 (Ann. v. 454 Vahl.): Pi. Recte valet? Ch. Vivit recte et valet, Plaut. Bacch. 2, 2, 11, and 14:

    valere,

    id. Merc. 2, 3, 53:

    apud matrem recte est,

    i. e. she is quite well, Cic. Att. 1, 7 init.; so,

    recte esse,

    id. ib. 14, 16, 4 (with belle); Hor. S. 2, 3, 162 Orell.; cf.: Tullia nostra recte valet... Praeterea rectissime sunt apud te omnia, Dolab. ap. Cic. Fam. 9, 9, 1:

    recte sit oculis tuis,

    Gell. 13, 30, 11:

    olivetum recte putare,

    properly, advantageously, Cato, R. R. 44:

    solet illa recte sub manus succedere,

    well, Plaut. Pers. 4, 1, 2:

    recte cavere,

    to look out well, take good care, id. Bacch. 3, 6, 15; id. Ep. 2, 2, 107; id. Most. 3, 3, 23; id. Men. 2, 2, 72; cf.: recte sibi videre, to look out well for one ' s self, Ter. Phorm. 1, 4, 12 Ruhnk.:

    deos volo consilia vostra recte vortere,

    well, happily, Plaut. Trin. 5, 2, 31; so,

    vortere,

    id. Aul. 2, 2, 41: recte vendere, well, i. e. dearly, at a high price (opp. male), Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 98, § 227:

    alicui nec recte dicere, i. e. male, injuriose,

    Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 11; id. Most. 1, 3, 83; id. Poen. 3, 1, 13; cf.:

    nec recte loqui alicui,

    id. Bacch. 4, 4, 83:

    nec recte dicere in aliquem,

    id. As. 1, 3, 3;

    and simply nec recte dicere,

    id. Ps. 4, 6, 23.— Comp.:

    ad omnia alia aetate sapimus rectius,

    Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 46:

    hic tibi erit rectius,

    Plaut. Men. 2, 3, 31:

    rectius bella gerere,

    Liv. 3, 2 fin.:

    non possidentem multa vocaveris Recte beatum, rectius occupet Nomen beati, qui, etc.,

    Hor. C. 4, 9, 46.— Sup., Cic. Rep. 3, 32, 44; v. supra. —
    b.
    With adjj., right, well, properly, very, much, to strengthen the idea (ante-class.): illasce oves, quā de re agitur, sanas recte esse, uti pecus ovillum, quod recte sanum est, etc., an ancient formula in Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 6:

    locus recte ferax,

    Cato, R. R. 44:

    salvus sum recte,

    Plaut. Am. 2, 1, 34:

    morata recte,

    id. Aul. 2, 2, 62:

    oneratus recte,

    id. Bacch. 2, 3, 115:

    non recte vinctus est,

    Ter. And. 5, 4, 52.—
    c.
    Ellipt., esp. in answers, in colloquial lang., well, quite well, right, excellently: Thr. Primum aedis expugnabo. Gn. Recte. Thr. Virginem eripiam. Gn. Probe. Thr. Male mulcabo ipsam. Gn. Pulchre, Ter. Eun. 4, 7, 3: quid vos? quo pacto hic? satin recte? (sc. est, agitur, valetis, etc.), quite well? id. And. 4, 5, 9; cf.: Le. Satin' salve? dic mihi. Ca. Recte, Plaut. Trin. 5, 2, 54; and: De. Quid fit? quid agitur? Sy. Recte. De. Optime'st, Ter. Ad. 5, 5, 3; Quint. 6, 3, 84.—
    B.
    So, in colloquial lang., freq. like benigne and the Gr. kalôs, or kallista echei, as a courteously evasive answer, all ' s well, it ' s all right, there ' s nothing the matter; or, in politely declining an offer, nothing is wanting, no I thank you: De. Unde incedis? quid festinas, gnate mi? Ch. Recte pater, Plaut. Merc. 2, 3, 33; cf.: So. Quid es tam tristis? Pa. Recte mater, Ter. Hec. 3, 2, 20; and: Ch. Quid tu istic? Syr. Recte equidem, id. Heaut. 3, 2, 7: Mi. Quid est? Aes. Nihil, recte, perge, id. Ad. 4, 5, 19:

    rogo numquid velit? Recte inquit,

    i. e. no, nothing, id. Eun. 2, 3, 51; so,

    in an exclamation: clamabit, pulchre! bene! recte!

    Hor. A. P. 4, 28.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > regens

  • 6 rego

    rĕgo, xi, ctum, 3, v. a. [Sanscr. arg-, argami, to obtain; Gr. oregô reach after; cf. [p. 1552] Sanscr. rāgan; Goth. reiks, king; Germ. Reich and Recht], to keep straight or from going wrong, to lead straight; to guide, conduct, direct (freq. and class.; syn.: guberno, moderor).
    I.
    Lit.:

    deus est, qui regit et moderatur et movet id corpus, cui praepositus est,

    Cic. Rep. 6, 24, 26:

    manus una (navem) regit,

    Lucr. 4, 903:

    onera navium velis,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 13:

    arte ratem,

    Ov. Tr. 1, 4, 12; cf.

    clavum,

    Verg. A. 10, 218:

    te ventorum regat pater,

    Hor. C. 1, 3, 3:

    vela,

    Prop. 2, 28 (3, 24), 24:

    coërcet et regit beluam,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 40, 67:

    equum,

    Liv. 35, 11:

    equos,

    Ov. A. A. 3, 556; id. Ib. 474; cf.

    quadrupedes,

    id. M. 2, 86:

    spumantia ora (equi),

    id. ib. 8, 34:

    frena,

    id. P. 4, 12, 24:

    equi impotentes regendi,

    Liv. 35, 11; Ov. Tr. 1, 3, 28; Curt. 4, 15, 28:

    currus,

    Ov. A. A. 1, 4; Curt. 8, 14, 7: taurus ex grege, quem prope litora regebat, Sall. H. Fragm. ap. Prisc. p. 715 P.; Quint. 1, 1, 27:

    rege tela per auras,

    Verg. A. 9, 409:

    tela per viscera Caesaris,

    Luc. 7, 350; cf.:

    missum jaculum,

    Ov. M. 7, 684:

    sagittas nusquam,

    Luc. 7, 515:

    regens tenui vestigia filo,

    Cat. 64, 113; cf.:

    Daedalium iter lino duce,

    Prop. 2, 14 (3, 6), 8:

    caeca filo vestigia,

    Verg. A. 6, 30:

    diverso flamina tractu,

    Ov. M. 1, 59:

    gressus,

    Vulg. Judic. 16, 26.—
    B.
    In partic., jurid. t. t.:

    regere fines,

    to draw the boundaries, mark out the limits, Cic. Leg. 1, 21, 55; id. Top. 10, 43; id. Mur. 9, 22; Tib. 1, 3, 44; cf. Dig. 10, 1, and Cod. Just. 3, 39 tit. Finium regundorum.—
    II.
    Trop., to guide, lead, conduct, manage, direct.
    A.
    In gen.:

    Deus qui omnem hunc mundum regit,

    Cic. Rep. 6, 13, 13:

    domum,

    id. ib. 1, 39, 61:

    rem consilio,

    Ter. Eun. 1, 1, 13:

    belli fera munera Mavors regit,

    Lucr. 1, 33; cf.

    bella,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 17; Sil. 7, 47:

    omnia nostra ita gerito, regito, gubernato, ut, etc.,

    Cic. Att. 16, 2, 2:

    alicujus animum atque ingenium,

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 90; cf.:

    animi motus (with moderari cupiditates),

    Cic. Part. Or. 22, 76:

    mores,

    Ov. M. 15, 834:

    animos dictis,

    Verg. A. 1, 153:

    animum,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 2, 62:

    ut me ipse regam,

    id. ib. 1, 1, 27:

    consilia senatus,

    Quint. 12, 1, 26:

    valetudines principis,

    Tac. A. 6, 50; cf.:

    valetudinem arbitratu suo,

    Suet. Tib. 68 al.:

    neque regerentur magis quam regerent casus,

    Sall. J. 1, 5; cf.:

    jam regi leges, non regere,

    Liv. 10, 13:

    utroque vorsum rectum est ingenium meum,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 6:

    vellem suscepisses juvenem regendum,

    Cic. Att. 10, 6, 2; cf. Suet. Tib. 50; id. Claud. 9:

    Silvanum specie obsequii regebat,

    Tac. H. 3, 50:

    nemo regere potest, nisi qui et regi,

    Sen. Ira, 2, 15 fin.; Quint. 12, 10, 69.—
    B.
    Transf.
    1.
    To sway, control, rule, govern, have the supremacy over any thing:

    quare qui convenit polliceri operam suam rei publicae, cum rem publicam regere nesciant?

    Cic. Rep. 1, 6, 11; so,

    rem publicam,

    id. ib. 1, 26, 41;

    1, 27, 43: in iis civitatibus quae ab optimis reguntur,

    id. ib. 1, 34 fin.;

    2, 9, 15: illa civitas optimatium arbitrio regi dicitur,

    id. ib. 1, 26, 42; cf.:

    Massilienses per delectos et principes cives summā justitiā reguntur,

    id. ib. 1, 27, 43:

    Frisios,

    Tac. A. 4, 72:

    populos imperio,

    Verg. A. 6, 851:

    imperiis Italiam,

    id. ib. 4, 230:

    legiones,

    Tac. A. 15, 7; cf.

    cohortes,

    id. H. 4, 12:

    exercitum,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 13, 2; id. Pan. 9, 2:

    domum,

    Vulg. 1 Tim. 5, 4:

    diva, quae regis Antium,

    Hor. C. 1, 35, 1:

    Diana, quae silentium regis,

    id. Epod. 5, 51.— Transf., of abstract objects:

    animi partes consilio,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 38, 60:

    ut unius potestate regatur salus et aequabilitas et otium civium,

    id. ib. 2, 23, 43:

    rex ille (Tarquinius) neque suos mores regere poterat neque suorum libidines,

    id. ib. 2, 25, 46.— Absol.:

    Tiberio regente,

    Tac. A. 4, 33; 13, 3:

    stare rempublicam nisi uno regente non posse,

    Quint. 3, 8, 47:

    quo regente,

    Verg. Cul. 333; Just. 1, 9, 23:

    Clemens ambitioso imperio regebat,

    i. e. used his authority to court popular favor, Tac. H. 2, 12.—
    2.
    To guide into the right way one who has erred; to set right, correct: non multa peccas, sed si peccas, te regere possum, old poet ap. Cic. Mur. 29, 60 (with corrigere and inflectere):

    errantem regere,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 57:

    rogo, domine, consilio me regas, etc.,

    Plin. Ep. 10, 19 (30), 1; cf.: alicujus dubitationem, id. ib 10, 118 (119), 3.— Hence,
    I.
    P. a. as subst.: rĕgens, entis, m., a governor, prince, ruler, regent:

    contemptus regentium,

    Tac. A. 12, 54:

    in obsequium regentis,

    id. Or. 41: clementia regentis, Sen. Clem. 1, 22, 3:

    vita regentis,

    Claud. IV. Cons. Hon. 301:

    excogitare nemo quicquam poterit, quod magis decorum regenti sit quam clementia,

    Sen. Clem. 1, 19, 1; id. Ep. 59, 7:

    in vulgus manant exempla regentum (= -tium),

    Claud. Laud. Stil. 1, 168.—
    II.
    rectus, a, um, P. a., led straight along, drawn in a straight line (horizontal or vertical), straight, upright, orthos.
    A.
    Lit., of horizontal direction:

    pars Remorum recta est (opp. refracta),

    Lucr. 4, 439:

    sed nil omnino rectā regione viaï declinare,

    id. 2, 249 Munro:

    rectā regione iter instituere,

    Liv. 21, 31:

    India, rectā regione spatiosa,

    Curt. 8, 9, 2; cf. id. 7, 9, 2:

    ad nostras aedes hic quidem habet rectam viam,

    Plaut. Trin. 4, 2, 26:

    via,

    id. Cas. 5, 2, 7; id. Poen. 3, 3, 79; id. Ps. 4, 7, 37; Ter. And. 3, 4, 21; id. Phorm. 2, 1, 80; Mart. 8, 75, 2; cf.

    platea,

    Plaut. Cist. 2, 1, 58; Ter. Ad. 4, 2, 35; 43:

    porta,

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 4, 60:

    ostium,

    id. Mil. 2, 3, 58:

    ostia viarum (opp. iter flexum),

    Lucr. 4, 93:

    cursus hinc in Africam,

    Liv. 26, 43:

    saxa quae rectis lineis suos ordines servant,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 23 fin.:

    recto flumine,

    Verg. A. 8, 57:

    recto ad Iberum itinere,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 69; Liv. 22, 9:

    ne qua forent pedibus vestigia rectis,

    Verg. A. 8, 209:

    recto grassetur limite miles,

    Ov. Tr. 2, 477:

    velut rectae acies concurrissent,

    in a straight line, line of battle, Liv. 34, 28; so,

    acies,

    id. 35, 28:

    qui (quincunx), in quamcumque partem spectaveris, rectus est,

    Quint. 8, 3, 9:

    hic vos aliud nihil orat, nisi ut rectis oculis hanc urbem sibi intueri liceat,

    Cic. Rab. Post. 17, 48:

    adversus adparatus terribilium rectos oculos tenet,

    Sen. Const. 5, 5:

    rectis oculis gladios micantes videre,

    id. Ep. 76, 33; 104, 24:

    oculi,

    Suet. Aug. 16; cf.

    acies,

    Ov. M. 2, 776:

    lumen,

    Luc. 9, 638:

    vultus,

    Stat. Th. 10, 542.—Of vertical direction:

    ut hae (partes) rursum rectis lineis in caelestem locum subvolent,

    in perpendicular lines, Cic. Tusc. 1, 17, 40:

    saxa,

    perpendicular, steep, Liv. 21, 36 (just before: pleraque Alpium arrectiora sunt); cf.:

    rectae prope rupes,

    id. 38, 20:

    truncus,

    Ov. M. 7, 640:

    ita jacere talum, ut rectus assistat: qui ita talus erit jactus ut cadet rectus,

    Cic. Fin. 3, 16, 53:

    caput rectum et secundum naturam (opp. dejectum, supinum), in latus inclinatum,

    Quint. 11, 3, 69:

    homines,

    straight, erect, Cat. 10, 20; so,

    Quintia,

    id. 86, 1:

    puella,

    Hor. S. 1, 2, 123:

    senectus,

    Juv. 3, 26:

    iterque Non agit in rectum, sed in orbem curvat eundem,

    does not shape his course directly forward, Ov. M. 2, 715:

    vidit ut hostiles in rectum exire cohortes,

    Luc. 7, 327. — Comp.:

    crus Rectius,

    Hor. S. 1, 2, 82:

    rectior coma,

    smoother, straighter, Sen. Ep. 95, 24:

    longā trabe rectior exstet,

    Ov. M. 3, 78:

    crura,

    Pall. 7, 7. — Sup.:

    rectissima linea,

    Quint. 3, 6, 83:

    via,

    id. 12, 2, 27. —
    B.
    Trop.
    1.
    In gen., right, correct, proper, appropriate, befitting; opp. to what is false or improper: vobis mentes rectae quae stare solebant, Enn. ap. Cic. Sen. 6, 16 (Ann. v. 208 Vahl.):

    ut rectā viā rem narret ordine omnem,

    Ter. Heaut. 4, 3, 28 (just before: aperte, ita ut res sese habet, narrato); cf. id. And. 2, 6, 11: De. Estne hoc, ut dico? Li. Rectam instas viam: Ea res est, you ' re on the right way, Plaut. As. 1, 1, 39: in rectam redire semitam, cf. id. Cas. 2, 3, 33:

    rectā viā depelli,

    Quint. 2, 7, 29; 10, 1, 29; cf. Sen. Ep. 94, 54; Quint. 2, 6, 2;

    so post-class.: de viā rectā declinare,

    Gell. 1, 3, 15: a rectā viā avertere, Aug. Civ Dei, 12, 17, 2: ad rectum iter retrahere, Hier. in Osee, 2, 8 sq.; id. in Mich. 3, 5:

    recta consilia dare,

    Ter. And. 2, 1, 9:

    quae sint in artibus recta ac prava dijudicare,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 50, 195; cf.:

    quae sunt recta et simplicia laudantur,

    id. Off. 1, 36, 130; Quint. 9, 3, 3:

    sermo rectus et secundum naturam enunciatus,

    id. 2, 5, 11; cf.:

    (oratio) recta an ordine permutato,

    id. 1, 13, 5; 9, 4, 27:

    per Marathonis propugnatores recto sono juravit (opp. flexus vocis),

    id. 11, 3, 168 Spald.; cf. id. 11, 3, 64:

    recto ac justo proelio dimicare,

    Liv. 35, 4 fin.:

    rectarum cenarum consuetudo,

    a regular, formal supper, Suet. Dom. 7; so,

    cena,

    Mart. 2, 69, 7; 7, 20, 2; also absol.:

    recta,

    Suet. Aug. 74; Mart. 8, 50, 10:

    domus recta est (with contenta decore simplici),

    Sen. Ep. 100, 6:

    nominibus rectis expendere nummos,

    i. e. on good securities, Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 105: ut natura dedit, sic omnis recta figura, correct, beautiful, Prop. 2, 18, 25 (3, 11, 3):

    absque te esset, ego illum haberem rectum ad ingenium bonum,

    suitable, qualified, Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 8.— Subst.: rectum, i, n.:

    rectum est etiam in illis contentionibus gravitatem retinere,

    Cic. Off. 1, 38, 137:

    quid verum, quid falsum, quid rectum in oratione pravumve,

    id. Ac. 1, 5, 19:

    aliter, quam est rectum verumque dicere,

    Quint. 6, 3, 89:

    cum sit rectum, Nocere facile est, etc.,

    id. 8, 5, 6;

    so (opp. durum et incomptum),

    id. 8, 6, 65; (opp. vitiosum) id. 1, 5, 29:

    mutare aliquid a recto,

    id. 2, 13, 11:

    recta et vera loquere,

    i. e. sincerely, openly, Plaut. Capt. 5, 2, 7:

    qui haec recta tantum et in nullos flexus recedentia copiose tractaverit,

    Quint. 10, 5, 12:

    ea plerumque recta sunt,

    id. 9, 2, 5; cf. id. 9, 2, 45.— Comp.:

    rectior divisio,

    Quint. 7, 2, 39:

    si quid novisti rectius istis,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 6, 67; Cic. Rep. 1, 40, 62.— Sup.:

    rectissima ratio,

    Quint. 2, 13, 3.—
    2.
    In partic.
    a.
    Morally right, correct, lawful, just, virtuous, noble, good (opp. pravus); as subst.: rectum, i, n., that which is right, good, virtuous; uprightness, rectitude, virtue (very freq.):

    honesta res dividitur in rectum et laudabile. Rectum est, quod cum virtute et officio fit,

    Auct. Her. 3, 2, 3: illud rectum, quod katorthôma dicebat, Cic. Fin. 4, 6, 15:

    nec quicquam nisi honestum et rectum ab altero postulare,

    id. Lael. 22, 82;

    so with honestum,

    id. ib. 21, 76; id. Fin. 1, 7, 25; id. Off. 1, 24, 82; id. Fam. 5, 19, 1 al.:

    (opp. pravum) neque id Putabit, pravum an rectum siet, quod petet,

    Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 76; id. Phorm. 5, 2, 6; Cic. Ac. 2, 11, 33; id. Or. 14, 45; id. Lig. 9, 30; Quint. 1, 3, 12; 2, 4, 20 et saep.; cf.:

    recta consilia (opp. prava),

    Liv. 1, 27:

    in rectis (opp. in pravitatibus),

    Cic. Leg. 1, 11, 31:

    curvo dignoscere rectum,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 44:

    mens sibi conscia recti,

    Verg. A. 1, 604:

    fidem rectumque colebat,

    Ov. M. 1, 90:

    recta ingenia (opp. perversa),

    Plin. Ep. 4, 7, 3 et saep.:

    in omni vitā suā quemque a rectā conscientiā traversum unguem non oportet discedere,

    Cic. Att. 13, 20, 4:

    animus secundis Temporibus dubiisque rectus,

    Hor. C. 4, 9, 36:

    natura,

    id. S. 1, 6, 66:

    ex consularibus, unus L. Caesar firmus est et rectus,

    Cic. Fam. 12, 5, 2:

    judex,

    Quint. 4, 1, 13; cf.

    auditor,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 19, 6:

    vir rectus et sanctus,

    id. ib. 2, 11, 5; cf. id. ib. 7, 31, 1:

    beatus judicii rectus,

    Sen. Vit. Beat. 6, 2.— Rectum est, with subjective-clause:

    rectum est gravitatem retinere,

    Cic. Off. 1, 38 fin.; so id. ib. 3, 11, 47; id. Mur. 2, 3; id. Att. 6, 9, 4.—
    b.
    In gram.: rectus casus, the nominative case (because not inflected;

    opp. obliqui casus),

    Varr. L. L. 1 sq.; Quint. 1, 4, 13; 1, 5, 61; Gell. 13, 12, 4 et saep.—Hence the adverbs,
    A.
    rectā,
    B.
    rectō,
    C.
    rectē.
    A.
    rectā (sc. viā). straightway, straightforwards, right on, directly (freq. and class.):

    hic ad me rectā habet rectam viam,

    Plaut. Mil. 2, 6, 11; id. Ps. 4, 7, 37:

    jam ad regem rectā me ducam,

    id. Am. 4, 3, 8; 5, 1, 63; id. Capt. 3, 5, 93; id. Cas. prol. 43; id. Mil. 2, 5, 50; id. Merc. 5, 2, 92; id. Ps. 4, 2, 11; id. Rud. 3, 6, 13; Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 7:

    tu rus hinc ibis?... rectā,

    id. Ad. 3, 3, 79; id. Hec. 3, 3, 12; id. Phorm. 1, 2, 62; 5, 6, 19:

    Marius ab subselliis in rostra rectā,

    Cic. Off. 3, 20, 80; id. Att. 5, 14, 2; 6, 8, 1; 16, 10, 1; id. Fam. 9, 19, 1; id. Verr. 2, 5, 61, § 160; id. Cat. 1, 9, 23; Auct. Her. 4, 50, 63; Auct. B. Afr. 18; 40; Auct. B. Hisp. 3; Plin. 2, 47, 46, § 121 al.: tendimus hinc rectā Beneventum. Hor. S. 1, 5, 71. —
    B.
    rectō, straightforwards, directly (perh. only in the two foll. passages):

    appellationes, quae recto ad principem factae sunt,

    Dig. 49, 1, 21; Inscr. Grut. 611, 13.—
    C. 1.
    Lit., in a straight line (horizontal or perpendicular), straightly, perpendicularly, uprightly, orthôs (very rare):

    vitem bene enodatam deligato recte, flexuosa uti ne siet,

    Cato, R. R. 33, 4:

    sive aliae (atomi) declinabunt, aliae suo nutu recte ferentur... quae (atomi) recte, quae oblique ferantur,

    Cic. Fin. 1, 6, 20:

    satyri, cum quadrupedes, tum recte currentes, humanā effigie,

    Plin. 7, 2, 2, § 24.—
    2.
    Trop., rightly, correctly, properly, duly, suitably, well, advantageously, accurately (very freq. in all periods and styles):

    recta et vera loquere, sed neque vere neque recte adhuc Fecisti umquam,

    Plaut. Capt. 5, 2, 7; cf. Cic. Lael. 2, 8:

    fecisti edepol et recte et bene,

    Plaut. Capt. 5, 4, 20: si facias recte [p. 1553] aut commode, id. Cas. 2, 3, 42;

    so with commode,

    Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 100:

    recte et sapienter facit,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 133; cf. id. ib. 3, 4, 12:

    recte atque ordine factum,

    Cic. Quint. 7, 28:

    recte atque ordine facere,

    id. Phil. 3, 15, 38; Sall. C. 51, 4; Liv. 24, 31; 28, 39; 30, 17 et saep.;

    v. Brisson. Form. II. p. 197: recte ac merito miseriā commoveri,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 67, § 172:

    recte atque in loco constare,

    id. Mur. 12, 26:

    recte factum,

    Plaut. Capt. 3, 5, 52:

    seu recte seu pervorse facta sunt,

    id. Trin. 1, 2, 146:

    seu recte seu perperam facere,

    Cic. Quint. 8, 31; so (opp. perperam) Sall. J. 31, 27; Liv. 29, 17:

    recte dictum (opp. absurde),

    Plaut. Capt. 1, 1, 4:

    recte concludere (opp. vitiose),

    Cic. Ac. 2, 30, 98:

    recte factum (opp. turpiter),

    Caes. B. G. 7, 80 et saep.:

    recte rationem tenes,

    Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 47:

    hercle quin tu recte dicis,

    id. Men. 2, 3, 74; id. Merc. 2, 3, 77; 5, 4, 47: recte auguraris de me, Caes. ap. Cic. Att. 9, 16, 1:

    non recte judicas de Catone,

    Cic. Lael. 2, 9; cf.:

    rectissime quidem judicas,

    id. Rep. 3, 32, 44:

    tum demum sciam Recta monuisse, si tu recte caveris,

    Plaut. Men. 2, 2, 71 sq.:

    monere,

    id. Bacch. 2, 3, 96; id. Ps. 4, 4, 12; id. Pers. 4, 4, 53; id. Rud. 3, 5, 49; cf.:

    admonere recte,

    id. Men. 5, 9, 33:

    suis amicis recte res suas narrare,

    properly, openly, id. Poen. 5, 6, 2:

    hic (Epicurus) circumitione quādam deos tollens recte non dubitat divinationem tollere,

    consistently, logically, Cic. Div. 2, 17, 40:

    aliquem asservare recte, ne aufugiat,

    duly, carefully, Plaut. Men. 1, 1, 11:

    alicui recte dare epistulam,

    correctly, id. Ps. 4, 2, 33:

    cum fuit cui recte ad te litteras darem,

    safely, Cic. Att. 4, 1, 1; id. Fam. 1, 7, 1; so,

    sed habebat ducem Gabinium, quicum quidvis rectissime facere posset,

    id. Phil. 2, 19, 49; cf.:

    alicui suam salutem recte committere,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 6 fin.; id. B. C. 1, 74:

    si recte ambulaverit is, qui hanc epistulam tulit,

    goes as he ought, Cic. Att. 9, 4, 3: tabernaculum recte captum, i. e. in the prescribed manner (opp. vitio captum), id. Div. 2, 35, 75; Liv. 4, 7; cf.:

    ludi recte facti,

    id. 36, 2:

    ver sacrum non esse recte factum,

    id. 34, 44: procedere recte, well, rightly, Enn. ap. Acron. ad Hor. S. 1, 2, 37 (Ann. v. 454 Vahl.): Pi. Recte valet? Ch. Vivit recte et valet, Plaut. Bacch. 2, 2, 11, and 14:

    valere,

    id. Merc. 2, 3, 53:

    apud matrem recte est,

    i. e. she is quite well, Cic. Att. 1, 7 init.; so,

    recte esse,

    id. ib. 14, 16, 4 (with belle); Hor. S. 2, 3, 162 Orell.; cf.: Tullia nostra recte valet... Praeterea rectissime sunt apud te omnia, Dolab. ap. Cic. Fam. 9, 9, 1:

    recte sit oculis tuis,

    Gell. 13, 30, 11:

    olivetum recte putare,

    properly, advantageously, Cato, R. R. 44:

    solet illa recte sub manus succedere,

    well, Plaut. Pers. 4, 1, 2:

    recte cavere,

    to look out well, take good care, id. Bacch. 3, 6, 15; id. Ep. 2, 2, 107; id. Most. 3, 3, 23; id. Men. 2, 2, 72; cf.: recte sibi videre, to look out well for one ' s self, Ter. Phorm. 1, 4, 12 Ruhnk.:

    deos volo consilia vostra recte vortere,

    well, happily, Plaut. Trin. 5, 2, 31; so,

    vortere,

    id. Aul. 2, 2, 41: recte vendere, well, i. e. dearly, at a high price (opp. male), Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 98, § 227:

    alicui nec recte dicere, i. e. male, injuriose,

    Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 11; id. Most. 1, 3, 83; id. Poen. 3, 1, 13; cf.:

    nec recte loqui alicui,

    id. Bacch. 4, 4, 83:

    nec recte dicere in aliquem,

    id. As. 1, 3, 3;

    and simply nec recte dicere,

    id. Ps. 4, 6, 23.— Comp.:

    ad omnia alia aetate sapimus rectius,

    Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 46:

    hic tibi erit rectius,

    Plaut. Men. 2, 3, 31:

    rectius bella gerere,

    Liv. 3, 2 fin.:

    non possidentem multa vocaveris Recte beatum, rectius occupet Nomen beati, qui, etc.,

    Hor. C. 4, 9, 46.— Sup., Cic. Rep. 3, 32, 44; v. supra. —
    b.
    With adjj., right, well, properly, very, much, to strengthen the idea (ante-class.): illasce oves, quā de re agitur, sanas recte esse, uti pecus ovillum, quod recte sanum est, etc., an ancient formula in Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 6:

    locus recte ferax,

    Cato, R. R. 44:

    salvus sum recte,

    Plaut. Am. 2, 1, 34:

    morata recte,

    id. Aul. 2, 2, 62:

    oneratus recte,

    id. Bacch. 2, 3, 115:

    non recte vinctus est,

    Ter. And. 5, 4, 52.—
    c.
    Ellipt., esp. in answers, in colloquial lang., well, quite well, right, excellently: Thr. Primum aedis expugnabo. Gn. Recte. Thr. Virginem eripiam. Gn. Probe. Thr. Male mulcabo ipsam. Gn. Pulchre, Ter. Eun. 4, 7, 3: quid vos? quo pacto hic? satin recte? (sc. est, agitur, valetis, etc.), quite well? id. And. 4, 5, 9; cf.: Le. Satin' salve? dic mihi. Ca. Recte, Plaut. Trin. 5, 2, 54; and: De. Quid fit? quid agitur? Sy. Recte. De. Optime'st, Ter. Ad. 5, 5, 3; Quint. 6, 3, 84.—
    B.
    So, in colloquial lang., freq. like benigne and the Gr. kalôs, or kallista echei, as a courteously evasive answer, all ' s well, it ' s all right, there ' s nothing the matter; or, in politely declining an offer, nothing is wanting, no I thank you: De. Unde incedis? quid festinas, gnate mi? Ch. Recte pater, Plaut. Merc. 2, 3, 33; cf.: So. Quid es tam tristis? Pa. Recte mater, Ter. Hec. 3, 2, 20; and: Ch. Quid tu istic? Syr. Recte equidem, id. Heaut. 3, 2, 7: Mi. Quid est? Aes. Nihil, recte, perge, id. Ad. 4, 5, 19:

    rogo numquid velit? Recte inquit,

    i. e. no, nothing, id. Eun. 2, 3, 51; so,

    in an exclamation: clamabit, pulchre! bene! recte!

    Hor. A. P. 4, 28.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > rego

  • 7 οὐ

    οὐ, the negative of
    A fact and statement, as μή of will and thought; οὐ denies, μή rejects; οὐ is absolute, μή relative; οὐ objective, μή subjective. —The same differences hold for all compds. of οὐ and μή, and some examples of οὐδέ and οὐδείς are included below.—As to the Form, v. infr. G.
    A USAGE.
    I as the negative of single words,
    II as the negative of the sentence.
    I οὐ adhering to single words so as to form a quasi-compd. with them:—with Verbs: οὐ δίδωμι withhold, Il.24.296; οὐκ εἰῶ prevent, 2.132, 4.55, al.; οὐκ ἐθέλω refuse, 1.112, 3.289, al.; οὔ φημι deny, 7.393, 23.668, al. (In most of these uses μή can replace οὐ when the constr. requires it, e.g.

    εἰ μή φησι ταῦτα ἀληθῆ εἶναι Lycurg.34

    ; but sts. οὐ is retained,

    εἰ δ' ἂν.. οὐκ ἐθέλωσιν Il.3.289

    ;

    εἰ δέ κ'.. ου'κ εἰῶσι 20.139

    ;

    ἐὰν οὐ φάσκῃ Lys.13.76

    ; ἐάντε.. οὐ (v.l. μή)

    φῆτε ἐάντε φῆτε Pl. Ap. 25b

    ):—with Participles:

    οὐκ ἐθέλων Il.4.224

    , 300, 6.165, etc.:— with Adjectives:

    οὐκ ἀέκοντε 5.366

    , 768, al.;

    οὐ πολλήν Th.6.7

    , etc.:— with Adverbs:

    οὐχ ἥκιστα Id.1.68

    , etc.: rarely with Verbal Nouns (v. infr. 11.10).—On the use of οὐ in contrasts, v. infr. B.
    II as negativing the whole sentence,
    1 οὐ is freq. used alone, sts. with the ellipsis of a definite Verb, οὔκ (sc. ἀποκερῇ)

    , ἄν γε ἐμοὶ πείθῃ Pl.Phd. 89b

    : sts. as negativing the preceding sentence, Ar. Pax 850, X.HG1.7.19: as a Particle of solemn denial freq. with μά (q. v.) and the acc.; sts. without

    μά, οὐ τὸν πάντων θεῶν θεὸν πρόμον Ἅλιον S. OT 660

    (lyr.), cf. 1088 (lyr.), El. 1063 (lyr.), Ant. 758.
    4 with opt. in potential sense (without ἄν or κεν), also [dialect] Ep.,

    ὃ οὐ δύο γ' ἄνδρε φέροιεν 5.303

    , 20.286.
    5 with opt. and

    ἄν, κείνοισι δ' ἂν οὔ τις.. μαχέοιτο 1.271

    , cf. 301, 2.250, Hdt. 6.63, A.Pr. 979, S.Aj. 155 (anap.), E.IA 310, Ar.Ach. 403, etc.
    6 in dependent clauses οὐ is used,
    a with ὅτι or ὡς, after Verbs of saying, knowing, and showing,

    ἐκ μέν τοι ἐρέω.. ὡς ἐγὼ οὔ τι ἑκὼν κατερύκομαι Od.4.377

    , cf. S.El. 561, D.2.8, etc.: so with ind. or opt. and

    ἄν, ἀπελογοῦντο ὡς οὐκ ἄν ποτε οὕτω μωροὶ ἦσαν X.HG5.4.22

    , cf. Pl.R. 330a;

    ὡς δὲ οὐκ ἂν δικαίως αὐτοὺς δέχοισθε μαθεῖν χρή Th.1.40

    , cf. X.Cyr.1.1.3, etc.: with opt. representing ind. in orat. obliq.,

    ἔλεξε παιδὶ σῷ.. ὡς.. Ἕλληνες οὐ μενοῖεν A.Pers. 358

    , cf. S.Ph. 346, Th.1.38, X.HG6.1.1, Pl.Ap. 22b, etc.: for μή in such sentences, v. μή B. 3.
    b in all causal sentences, and in temporal and Relat. sentences unless there is conditional or final meaning,

    χωσαμένη, ὅ οἱ οὔ τι θαλύσια.. ῥέξε Il.9.534

    ;

    ἄχθεται ὅτι οὐ κάρτα θεραπεύεται Hdt.3.80

    ;

    διότι οὐκ ἦσαν δίκαι, οὐ δυνατοὶ ἦμεν παρ' αὐτῶν ἃ ὤφειλον πράξασθαι Lys.17.3

    ;

    μή με κτεῖν', ἐπεὶ οὐχ ὁμογάστριος Ἕκτορός εἰμι Il.21.95

    , etc.;

    νῦν δὲ ἐπειδὴ οὐκ ἐθέλεις.., εἶμι Pl.Prt. 335c

    ;

    ἐπειδὴ τὸ χωρίον οὐχ ἡλίσκετο Th.1.102

    ;

    νηπιάχοις οἷς οὔ τι μέλει πολεμήϊα ἔργα Il.2.338

    , etc.: in causal relative sentences,

    οἵτινές σε οὐχὶ ἐσώσαμεν Pl.Cri. 46a

    ; esp. in the combinations, οὐκ ἔστιν ὅστις οὐ .., as

    οὐκ ἔστ' ἐραστὴς ὅστις οὐκ ἀεὶ φιλεῖ E.Tr. 1051

    , cf. Hec. 298;

    οὔτις ἔσθ' ὃς οὔ S.Aj. 725

    ; οὐδείς ἐστιν ὅστις οὐ .. Isoc. 15.180.
    c after ὥστε with ind. or opt. with

    ἄν, ὥστ' οὐ δυνατόν σ' εἵργειν ἔσται Ar.V. 384

    , cf. S.Aj.98, OT 411;

    οὕτως αὐτοὺς ἀγαπῶμεν.. ὥστε.. οὐκ ἂν ἐθελήσαιμεν Isoc.8.45

    ;

    οὐκ ἂν ὡρκίζομεν αὐτὸν ὥστε τῆς εἰρήνης ἂν διημαρτήκει καὶ οὐκ ἂν ἀμφότερ' εἶχε D.18.30

    : ὥστε οὐ with inf. is almost invariably due to orat. obliq., ὥστ' οὐκ αἰσχύνεσθαι (for οὐκ αἰσχύνονται) Id.19.308, cf. Th.5.40, 8.76, Lys.18.6, Is.11.27 (cj. Reiske).—Rarely not in orat. obliq., S.El. 780, E. Ph. 1358, Hel. 108, D.53.2,9.48.
    7 in a conditional clause μή is necessary, except,
    a in Hom., when the εἰ clause precedes the apodosis and the verb is indic.,

    εἰ δέ μοι οὐκ ἐπέεσσ' ἐπιπείσεται Il. 15.162

    , cf. 178, 20.129, 24.296, Od.2.274, Il.4.160, Od.12.382, 13.144 (9.410 is an exception).
    b when the εἰ clause is really causal, as after Verbs expressing surprise or emotion,

    μὴ θαυμάσῃς, εἰ πολλὰ τῶν εἰρημένων οὐ πρέπει σοι Isoc.1.44

    ;

    κατοικτῖραι.., εἰ.. οὐδεὶς ἐς ἑκατοστὸν ἔτος περιέσται Hdt.7.46

    , cf. S.Aj. 1242; so also

    δεινὸν γὰρ ἂν εἴη πρῆγμα, εἰ Σάκας μὲν καταστρεψάμενοι δούλους ἔχομεν, Ἕλληνας δὲ οὐ τιμωρησόμεθα Hdt.7.9

    , cf. And.1.102, Lys.20.8 (prob.), D.8.55;

    οὐκ αἰσχρόν, εἰ τὸ μὲν Ἀργείων πλῆθος οὐκ ἐφοβήθη τὴν Λακεδαιμονίων ἀρχήν, ὑμεῖς δ' ὄντες Ἀθηναῖοι βάρβαρον ἄνθρωπον.. φοβήσεσθε

    ;

    Id.15.23

    , cf. Hdt.5.97, Lys.22.13.
    c when οὐ belongs closely to the next word (v. A. I), or is quoted unchanged,

    εἰ, ὡς νῦν φήσει, οὐ παρεσκευάσατο D.54.29

    codd.; εἰ δ' οὐκέτ' ἐστί (sc. ὥσπερ λέγεις)

    , τίνι τρόπῳ διεφθάρη

    ;

    E. Ion 347

    .
    8 οὐ is used with inf. in orat. obliq., when it represents the ind. of orat. recta,

    φαμὲν δέ οἱ οὐ τελέεσθαι Od.4.664

    , cf. Il.17.174, 21.316, S.Ph. 1389, etc.;

    λέγοντες οὐκ εἶναι αὐτόνομοι Th.1.67

    , cf. Pl.R. 348c, X.Cyr.1.6.18;

    οἶμαι.. οὐκ ὀλίγον ἔργον αὐτὸ εἶναι Pl.R. 369b

    , cf. S.OT 1051, Th.1.71, etc.; ἡγήσαντο ἡμᾶς οὐ περιόψεσθαι ib.39. (For the occasional use of μή, v. μή B. 5c; sts. we have οὐ and μή in consecutive clauses,

    οἶμαι σοῦ κάκιον οὐδὲν ἂν τούτων κρατύνειν μηδ' ἐπιθύνειν χερί S.Ph. 1058s

    q.;

    αὐτὸ ἡγοῦμαι οὐ διδακτὸν εἶναι μηδὲ.. παρασκευαστόν Pl.Prt. 319b

    .)
    9 οὐ is used with the part., when it can be resolved into a finite sentence with οὐ, as after Verbs of knowing and showing,

    τὸν κατθανόνθ' ὁρῶντες οὐ τιμώμενον E.Hec. 316

    ;

    κατενόησαν οὐ πολλοὺς τοὺς Θηβαίους ὄντας Th.2

    . 3;

    ἔργῳ δηλώσω οὐ παραγενόμενος Antipho2.4.8

    , etc.; or into a causal sentence,

    τῶν βαρβάρων οἱ πολλοὶ ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ διεφθάρησαν νέειν οὐκ ἐπιστάμενοι Hdt.8.89

    ;

    τὴν Μένδην πόλιν ἅτε οὐκ ἀπὸ ξυμβάσεως ἀνοιχθεῖσαν διήρπασαν Th.4.130

    ; or into a concessive sentence,

    δόξω γυναῖκα καίπερ οὐκ ἔχων ἔχειν E.Alc. 352

    , cf. S.Ph. 377, etc.: regularly with ὡς and part.,

    ὡς οὐχὶ συνδράσουσα νουθετεῖς τάδε Id.El. 1025

    , etc.;

    ἐθορυβεῖτε ὡς οὐ ποιήσοντες ταῦτα Lys.12.73

    , cf. S.Ph. 884, Aj. 682, Hdt.7.99, Th.1.2,5,28,68,90;

    ὥσπερ οὐ πάντας τούτῳ τῷ τεκμηρίῳ χρωμένους Lycurg.90

    , cf. Th.8.1, Isoc.4.11:—for exceptions, v. μή B. 6.
    b when the part. is used with the Art., μή is generally used, unless there is a distinct reference to a fact, when οὐ is occasionally found,

    ἡμεῖς δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς οὐκ οὔσης ἔτι [πόλεως] ὁρμώμενοι Th.1.74

    ;

    τοὺς ἐν τῇ πόλει οὐδὲν εἰδότας Id.4.111

    ;

    οἱ οὐκ ἐθέλοντες Antipho 6.26

    ;

    τῶν οὐ βουλομένων And.1.9

    ;

    τοὺς οὐδὲν ἀδικοῦντας ἀκρίτους ἀπέκτειναν Lys.12.82

    , cf. τὸν οὐδὲ συμπενθῆσαι τὰς τῆς πατρίδος συμφορὰς τολμήσαντα (preceded by τὸν.. μήτε ὅπλα θέμενον ὑπὲρ τῆς πατρίδος μήτε τὸ σῶμα παρασχόντα κτλ.) Lycurg.43;

    τὸ οὐχ εὑρημένον Pl.R. 427e

    .
    10 Adjectives and abstract Substantives with the article commonly take μή (v.

    μή B. 7

    ) but οὐ is occasionally used,

    τὰς οὐκ ἀναγκαίας πόσεις X.Lac.5.4

    ;

    τοὺς οὐδένας E.IA 371

    ;

    τὸν οὐδέν Id.Ph. 598

    (whereas ὁ μηδείς, τὸ μηδέν is the rule); τὴν τῶν γεφυρῶν οὐ διάλυσιν the non- dissolution of the bridges, the fact of their notbeing broken up, Th.1.137;

    ἡ οὐ περιτείχισις Id.3.95

    ;

    ἡ τῶν χωρίων οὐκ ἀπόδοσις Id.5.35

    , cf.E. Hipp. 196 (anap.); so without the article,

    ἐν οὐ καιπῷ Id.Ba. 1287

    ; οὐ πάλης ὕπο ib. 455.
    11 for οὐ μή, v. sub voc.
    12 in questions οὐ ordinarily expects a positive answer, οὔ νυ καὶ ἄλλοι ἔασι ..; Il.10.165; οὐχ ὁράᾳς ..; dost thou not see? Od.17.545;

    οὐκ.. ᾐσθόμην

    ;

    A.Pr. 956

    : so as a strong form of imper.,

    οὐκ ἀπαλλάξει

    ;

    E. Ion 524

    ;

    οὐκ ἀποκτενεῖτε τὸν μιαρὸν τοῦτον ἄνθρωπον

    ;

    Din.1.18

    ;

    οὐκ εἶ καταπιὼν Εὐριπίδην

    ;

    Ar.Ach. 484

    ; βάλλε, βάλλε folld. by οὐ βαλεῖς; οὐ βαλεῖς; ib. 281 and 283, cf. S.Ant. 885: also with opt. and ἄν, οὐκ ἂν δὴ τόνδ' ἄνδρα μάχης ἐρύσαιο ( = ἔρυσαι) ; Il.5.456; οὐκ ἂν φράσειας ( = φράσον) ; S.Ph. 1222; but in questions introduced by οὐ δή, οὐ δή του, οὔ που, οὔ τί που, a doubt is implied of the statement involved, and an appeal is made to the hearers, οὐ δή ποθ' ἡμῖν ξυγγενὴς ἥκεις ποθέν; surely you are not..? Id.El. 1202, cf. Ph. 900; οὔ τί που οὗτος Ἀπόλλων ..; Pi.P.4.87, cf. S.Ph. 1233, E.IA 670, Hel. 135, Ion 1113, Ar.Ra. 522, 526.
    B POSITION. οὐ is generally put immediately before the word which it negatives,

    οὐκ ἐκεῖνον ἐθεώμην.—ἀλλὰ τίνα μήν ; ἔφη ὁ Τιγράνης X.Cyr.3.1.41

    ;

    οὐχ αἱ τρίχες ποιοῦσιν αἱ λευκαὶ φρονεῖν Men.639

    ;

    οὐ διὰ τὸ μὴ ἀκοντίζειν οὐκ ἔβαλον αὐτὸν ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸ μηδενὶ ὑπὸ τὸ ἀκόντιον ὑπελθεῖν Antipho 3.4.6

    : in Poetry the position is freq. more free,

    κίνδυνος ἄναλκιν οὐ φῶτα λαμβάνει Pi.O.1.81

    ; οὐ ψεύδεϊ τέγξω λόγον ib. 4.19; κατακρύπτει δ' οὐ κόνις ib.8.79;

    χρὴ πρὸς θεὸν οὐκ ἐρίζειν Id.P. 2.88

    : sts. emphatically at the end of the clause,

    καὶ τοὶ γὰρ αἰθοίσας ἔχοντες σπέρμ' ἀνέβαν φλογὸς οὔ Id.O.7.48

    ;

    ταρβήσει γὰρ οὔ S.Aj. 545

    : in clauses opposed by μέν and δέ the οὐ (or μή) is freq. placed at the end,

    βούλονται μέν, δύνανται δ' οὔ Th.6.38

    ;

    οὗτος δ' ἦν καλὸς μέν, μέγας δ' οὔ X.An.4.4.3

    ;

    ἔδοξέ μοι ὁ ἀνὴρ δοκεῖν μὲν εἶναι σοφὸς.., εἶναι δ' οὔ Pl.Ap. 21c

    ; so

    τὸ Πέρσας μὲν λέληθε, ἡμέας μέντοι οὔ Hdt.1.139

    : freq. with

    ὁ μὲν.. ὁ δέ, οὐ πάσας χρὴ τὰς δόξας τιμᾶν, ἀλλὰ τὰς μέν, τὰς δ' οὔ Pl.Cri. 47a

    , cf. Ap. 24e, R. 475b, etc.;

    Λέριοι κακοί, οὐχ ὁ μέν, ὃς δ' οὔ Phoc.1

    : sts. in the first clause after

    μέν, οἱ δὲ στρατηγοὶ ἐξῆγον μὲν οὔ, συνεκάλεσαν δέ X.An.6.4.20

    , cf. 4.8.2, Cyr.1.4.10, Pl.Phd. 73b;

    κατώρα πᾶν μὲν οὒ τὸ στρατόπεδον Hdt.7.208

    .
    C ACCUMULATION. A simple neg. (οὐ or μή) is freq. repeated in composition with Prons., Advbs., or Conjs., as οὐδείς or μηδείς, οὐδέ or μηδέ, οὐδαμῶς or μηδαμῶς, first in Hom.,

    οὔ μιν ὁΐομαιοὐδὲ πεπύσθαι λυγρῆς ἀγγελίης Il.17.641

    ;

    ἀλλ' οὔ μοι Τρώων τόσσον μέλει ἄλγος ὀπίσσω οὔτ' αὐτῆς Ἑκάβης οὔτε Πριάμοιο ἄνακτος 6.450

    ;

    οὐκ ἔστιν οὐδὲν κρεῖσσον οἰκείου φίλου E.Andr. 986

    : the first neg. may be a compd.,

    καθεύδων οὐδεὶς οὐδενὸς ἄξιος οὐδὲν μᾶλλον τοῦ μὴ ζῶντος Pl. Lg. 808b

    ;

    οὐδενὶ οὐδαμῇ οὐδαμῶς οὐδεμίαν κοινωνίαν ἔχει Id.Prm. 166a

    (similarly with μή, Phdr. 236e): or a neg. Adj.,

    ἀδύνατος οὐδὲν ἄλλο πλὴν λέγειν μάτην E.Andr. 746

    ; οὐ follows the compd. neg.,

    οὐδ' εἰ πάντες ἔλθοιεν Πέρσαι, πλήθει γε οὐχ ὑπερβαλοίμεθ' ἂν τοὺς πολεμίους X. Cyr.2.1.8

    ; οὐδ' ἂν ἡ πόλις ἄρα ([etym.] ὅπερ ἄρτι ἐλέγομεν )

    ὅλη τοιοῦτον ποιῇ, οὐκ ἐπαινέσῃ Pl.R. 426b

    , cf. Smp. 204a: sts. a confirmative Particle accompanies the first οὐ or οὐδέ, and the neg. is repeated with emphasis,

    οὐδὲ μὲν οὐδέ μ' ἔασκες Il.19.295

    ;

    οὐδὲ γὰρ οὐδὲ Δρύαντος υἱὸς.. δὴν ἧν 6.130

    , v. οὐδέ C. 11;

    οὐ μέντοι οὐδὲ αὖ ὡς σύ μοι δοκεῖς οἴεσθαι Pl.Prt. 332a

    : so also in Trag. and [dialect] Att. without any such Particle, οὐ σμικρός, οὔχ, ἁγὼν ὅδε not small, no, is this struggle, S.OC 587;

    θεοῖς τέθνηκεν οὗτος, οὐ κείνοισιν, οὔ Id.Aj. 970

    , cf.Ar.Ra.28, 1308, X.Smp. 2.4, Pl.R. 390c.
    2 when the compd. neg. precedes and the simple neg. follows with the Verb, the opposing negs. produce an emphatic positive, οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων ἀδικῶν τίσιν οὐκ ἀποτείσει Orac. ap. Hdt.5.56;

    γλώσσης κρυφαῖον οὐδὲν οὐ διέρχεται S.Fr. 935

    (but prob. f.l.);

    οὐδεὶς οὐκ ἔπασχέ τι X.Smp.1.9

    .
    3 similarly each of two simple negs. may retain its negating force,

    ὥσπερ οὐ διὰ πρᾳότητα καὶ ἀσχολίαν τὴν ὑμετέραν οὐ δεδωκὼς ὑμῖν δίκην Lys.6.34

    ;

    ἐγὼ δ' οὐκ οἶμαι.. οὐ δεῖν ὑμᾶς ἀμύνεσθαι Id.13.52

    (similarly with μή, D.19.77): sts. a combination of a μέν- clause with a δέ- clause containing οὐ is negatived as a whole by a preceding οὐ, e.g.

    οὐ γὰρ δήπου Κτησιφῶντα μὲν δύναται διώκειν δι' ἐμέ, ἐμὲ δέ, εἴπερ ἐξελέγξειν ἐνόμιζεν, αὐτὸν οὐκ ἂν ἐγράψατο Id.18.13

    .
    D PLEONASM OF οὐ: after Verbs of denying, doubting, and disputing, folld. by ὡς or ὅτι with a finite Verb, οὐ is inserted to show the neg. character of the statement, where in Engl. the neg. is not required,

    ὡς μὲν οὐκ ἀληθῆ ταῦτ' ἐστὶν οὐκ ἔχετ' ἀντιλέγειν D.8.31

    , cf. Th.1.77, X.HG2.3.16, Smp.2.12, Isoc.5.57, etc.;

    οὐδεὶς ἂν τολμήσειεν ἀντειπεῖν ὡς οὐ τὴν μὲν ἐμπειρίαν μᾶλλον τῶν ἄλλων ἔχομεν Id.6.48

    , cf. And.4.34, D.16.4, etc.;

    οὐκ ἂν ἀρνηθεῖεν ἔνιοι ὡς οὐκ εἰσὶ τοιοῦτοι Id.9.54

    ;

    ἀρνεῖσθαι ὅτι οὐ παρῆν X.Ath.2.17

    ; οὐδ' αὐτὸς ὁ Λάμπις ἔξαρνος ἐγένετο ὡς οὐκ εἴη εἰρηκὼς κτλ. D.34.49;

    ἀμφισβητεῖν ὡς οὐχὶ.. δοτέον δίκην Pl.Euthphr.8c

    , cf. R. 476d, Prm. 135a; ἀπιστεῖν ὅτι οὐ .. Id.Men. 89d;

    ἀνέλπιστον καταστῆσαί τισιν ὡς οὐκ ἔσται μεταγνῶναι Th. 3.46

    : οὐ is sts. thus used in the second member of a negative comparative sentence,

    ἥκει ὁ Πέρσης οὐδέν τι μᾶλλον ἐπ' ἡμέας ἢ οὐ καὶ ἐπ' ὑμέας Hdt.4.118

    , cf. 5.94, 7.16.γ, Th.2.62,3.36: after πλήν, X.Lac. 15.6, D.18.45.
    E OMISSION OF οὐ: οὐ is sts. omitted, esp. by Poets, when it may be supplied from the next clause,

    γῆ δ' οὐδ' ἀὴρ οὐδ' οὐρανὸς ἦν Ar.Av. 694

    ;

    σιδήρῳ οὐδ' ἀργύρῳ χρέωνται οὐδέν Hdt.1.215

    ;

    ῥοδιακὴ οὖς οὐδὲ πυθμένα οὐκ ἔχουσα Inscr.Délos 313a84

    (iii B. C.).
    F in Poetry, if stands before οὐ, the two sounds coalesce into one syllable, as in

    ἦ οὐχ Il.5.349

    , cf. Od.1.298; so, in [dialect] Att.,

    μὴ οὐ S. OT 283

    , etc., and ἐγὼ οὔτε ib. 332,

    ἐγὼ οὐ Ar.Eq. 340

    .—This synizesis is general in [dialect] Ep., universal in [dialect] Att.
    G FORM. οὐ is used before consonants (including the digamma, e.g. before ἕθεν, οἱ, e(, Il.1.114, 2.392, 24.214, but not before ὅς Possess.,

    οὐχ ᾧ πατρί Od.13.265

    , cf.

    οὐκ ἐπέεσσι Il.15.162

    , etc.); οὐκ before vowels with spir. lenis, οὐχ before vowels with spir. asper; in our text of Hdt. οὐκ is used before all vowels (prob. because Hdt. had no spir. asper): the [dialect] Ep. form οὐκί [ῐ] is used by Hom. mostly at the end of a clause and at the close of the verse,

    ὅς τ' αἴτιος ὅς τε καὶ οὐκί Il.15.137

    ;

    ἠὲ καὶ οὐκί 2.238

    , 300,al.; but in the middle of a verse, 20.255; οὐχί [ῐ] is found twice in Hom., Il.15.716, 16.762, and is common in Trag., where it is freq. employed like οὔ emphatic (supr. B),

    τί δ' οὐχί

    ;

    A.Ag. 273

    ,Fr. 310;

    πῶς δ' οὐχί

    ;

    Id.Supp. 918

    , Ar. Pax 1027;

    ἐμὸς μὲν οὐχί E.IA 859

    : also in Prose, Th.1.120,al., 1 Ep.Cor. 5.12, etc.: the diphthong is genuine and always written ου ( ουκ, ουδε, etc.) in early Inscrr., IG12.10.22, etc.; in iv B.C. rarely written οκ, ib. 22.1635.112,116,121; οὐ abbreviated ο, Suid.s.v. Φιλοξένου γραμμάτιον.
    H ACCENTUATION. οὐ is oxytone acc. to Hdn.Gr.1.494 (text doubtfulin 504): Arist.SE 166b6, referring to Il.23.328 τὸ μὲν ου (i.e. οὐ = οὒ) καταπύθεται ὄμβρῳ, says λύουσι.. τῇ προσῳδίᾳ λέγοντες τὸ ου ὀξύτερον (i.e. οὗ), cf. 178b3. In codd. the word is written oxytone when folld. by a pause (v. supr. B), and is usu. written without any accent in other cases.
    I οὐ in connexion with other Particles will be found in alphabetical order, οὐ γάρ, οὐ μή, etc.—The corresponding forms of μή should be compared.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > οὐ

  • 8 aut

    aut, conj. [aut, Osc. auti, Umbr. ote, ute, may be a modification of autem, as at of et, the suffix -t being a relic of the demonstrative -tem, which appears in item, and is the same as -dem in quidem, and -dam in quondam, and of which the demonstrative adverbs, tam and tum, are absolute forms; the first part of these words may be compared with the Gr. au (cf. aute and autar), and with the Sanscr. vā = or, with which again may be compared ve and vel; v. Corss. Ausspr. II. p. 595, and also pp. 130, 223, 411], or; and repeated: aut... aut, either... or; so in Sanscr. vā... vā.
    I.
    In gen. it puts in the place of a previous assertion another, objectively and absolutely antithetical to it, while vel indicates that the contrast rests upon subjective opinion or choice; i. e. aut is objective, vel subjective, or aut excludes one term, vel makes the two indifferent.
    a.
    Used singly, or:

    omnia bene sunt ei dicenda, qui hoc se posse profitetur aut eloquentiae nomen relinquendum est,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 2, 5:

    quibusnam manibus aut quibus viribus,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 30:

    Vinceris aut vincis,

    Prop. 2, 8, 10:

    cita mors venit aut victoria laeta,

    Hor. S. 1, 1, 8:

    ruminat herbas aut aliquam in magno sequitur grege,

    Verg. E. 6, 55 et persaep. (cf. on the contrary, Tac. G. 8: quae neque confirmare argumentis, neque refellere in animo est: ex ingenio suo quisque demat vel addat fidem).—
    b.
    Repeated, aut... aut, either... or:

    Ubi enim potest illa aetas aut calescere vel apricatione melius vel igni, aut vicissim umbris aquisve refrigerari salubrius?

    Cic. Sen. 16, 57:

    Nam ejus per unam, ut audio, aut vivam aut moriar sententiam,

    Ter. Phorm. 3, 1, 19; id. Heaut. 3,1,11 sq.:

    aut, quicquid igitur eodem modo concluditur, probabitis, aut ars ista nulla est,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 30, 96:

    partem planitiae aut Jovis templum aut oppidum tenet,

    Liv. 44, 6, 15:

    terra in universum aut silvis horrida aut paludibus foeda,

    Tac. G. 5:

    hoc bellum quis umquam arbitraretur aut ab omnibus imperatoribus uno anno aut omnibus annis ab uno imperatore confici posse?

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 11,31.—
    c.
    More than twice repeated:

    aut equos Alere aut canes ad venandum, aut ad philosophos, Ter And. 1, 1, 29: Uxor, si cesses, aut te amare cogitat Aut tete amare aut potare atque animo obsequi,

    id. Ad. 1, 1, 7 sq.; so four times in Lucr. 4, 935 sq.; five times in Cic. Off. 1, 9, 28; id. N. D. 3, 12, 30; and Prop. 4, 21, 26 sqq.; and six times in Plin. 17, 10, 9, § 58.—
    d.
    Sometimes double disjunctive phrases with aut... aut are placed together:

    Adsentior Crasso, ne aut de C. Laelii soceri mei aut de hujus generi aut arte aut gloriā detraham,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 9, 35:

    res ipsa et rei publicae tempus aut me ipsum, quod nolim, aut alium quempiam aut invitabit aut dehortabitur,

    id. Pis. 39, 94.—
    e.
    Repeated after negatives:

    ne aut ille alserit Aut ceciderit atque aliquid praefregerit,

    Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 11:

    ne tanti facinoris immanitas aut exstitisse aut non vindicata esse videatur,

    Cic. Cat. 1, 6, 14; id. Sull. 43; id. Sest. 37; 39:

    neque enim sunt aut obscura aut non multa post commissa,

    id. Cat. 1, 6, 15; id. Off. 1, 20, 66; 1, 11, 36; 1, 20, 68; id. de Or. 2, 45, 189:

    nec milites ad scelus missos aut numero validos aut animo promptos,

    Tac. A. 14, 58; id. H. 1, 18; id. Or. 12:

    nec erit mirabilis illic Aut Stratocles aut cum molli Demetrius Haemo,

    Juv. 3, 98 sq.:

    neque aut quis esset ante detexit aut gubernatorem cedere adversae tempestati passus est,

    Suet. Caes. 58; id. Ner. 34:

    Nec aut Persae aut Macedones dubitavere,

    Curt. 4, 15, 28: Non sum aut tam inhumanus aut tam alienus a Sardis. Cic. Scaur. 39; id. Cat. 1, 13:

    Nihil est tam aut fragile aut flexibile quam etc.,

    id. Mil. 36 al. —
    f.
    In interrogations:

    quo modo aut geometres cernere ea potest, quae aut nulla sunt aut internosci a falsis non possunt aut is, qui fidibus utitur, explere numeros et conficere versus?

    Cic. Ac. 2, 7, 22; so id. de Or. 1, 9, 37; id. Rosc. Am. 40, 118; id. N. D. 1, 43, 121.—
    g.
    In comparative clauses:

    talis autem simulatio vanitati est conjunctior quam aut liberalitati aut honestati,

    Cic. Off. 1, 15, 44.—
    II.
    Esp.
    A.
    Placed singly, to connect to something more important that which is less so, or at least.
    a.
    Absol.:

    Incute vim ventis submersasque obrue puppes, Aut age diversos et dissice corpora ponto,

    Verg. A. 1, 69 sq. Rib. (furens Juno et irata, quod gravissimum credebat, optavit, deinde quod secundum intulit, Diom. p. 411 P.):

    quaero, num injuste aut improbe fecerit,

    or at least unfairly, Cic. Off. 3, 13, 54:

    a se postulari aut exspectari aliquid suspicantur,

    id. ib. 2, 20, 69:

    quā re vi aut clam agendum est,

    or at least by stealth, id. Att. 10, 12:

    profecto cuncti aut magna pars Siccensium fidem mutavissent,

    Sall. J. 56, 6:

    Audendum est aliquid universis aut omnia singulis patienda,

    Liv. 6, 18, 7:

    pars a centurionibus aut praetoriarum cohortium militibus caesi,

    Tac. A. 1, 30:

    potentiā suā numquam aut raro ad impotentiam usus,

    Vell. 2, 29.—
    b.
    With certe, etc., v. infra, F. 2.—
    B.
    To connect something which must take place, if that which is previously stated does not, or, otherwise, or else, in the contrary case, = alioqui:

    Redduc uxorem, aut quam obrem non opus sit cedo,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 76:

    id (principium) nec nasci potest nec mori, aut concidat omne caelum etc.,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 23, 54 (Seyffert ad h. l., but preferring ut non; B. and K. and Kühner, vel):

    nunc manet insontem gravis exitus: aut ego veri Vana feror,

    Verg. A. 10, 630:

    effodiuntur bulbi ante ver: aut deteriores fiunt,

    Plin. 19, 5, 30, § 96:

    Mutatione recreabitur sicut in cibis... Aut dicant iste mihi, quae sit alia ratio discendi,

    Quint. 1, 12, 6; 2, 17, 9.—
    C.
    To restrict or correct an expression which is too general or inaccurate, or, or rather, or more accurately.
    a.
    Absol.:

    de hominum genere, aut omnino de animalium loquor,

    Cic. Fin. 5, 11, 33; 5, 20, 57; id. Ac. 2, 8, 23:

    Aut scilicet tua libertas disserendi amissa est, aut tu is es, qui in disputando non tuum judicium sequare,

    id. Leg. 1, 13, 36: cenaene causā, aut tuae mercedis gratiā Nos nostras aedīs postulas comburere? or rather, etc., Plaut. Aul. 2, 6, 11.—In this signification aut sometimes begins a new clause: Potestne igitur quisquam dicere, inter eum, qui doleat, et inter eum, qui in voluptate sit, nihil interesse? Aut, ita qui sentiet, non apertissime insaniat? or is not rather, etc., Cic. Ac. 2, 7, 20:

    Quid est enim temeritate turpius? Aut quid tam temerarium tamque indignum sapientis gravitate atque constantiā, quam, etc.,

    id. N. D. 1, 1, 1; id. Fin. 4, 26, 72; Plin. Ep. 1, 10, 3.—
    b.
    With potius (v. infra, F. 4.).—
    D.
    Neque... aut sometimes, but chiefly in the poets, takes the place of neque... neque: Neque ego hanc abscondere furto Speravi, ne finge, fugam;

    nec conjugis umquam Praetendi taedas aut haec in foedera veni,

    Verg. A. 4, 339:

    Si neque avaritiam neque sordes aut mala lustra Obiciet vere quisquam mihi,

    Hor. S. 1, 6, 68 Bentl., but ac, K. and H.:

    Nunc neque te longi remeantem pompa triumphi Excipit aut sacras poscunt Capitolia lauros,

    Luc. 1, 287:

    Nam neque plebeiam aut dextro sine numine cretam Servo animam,

    Stat. S. 1, 4, 66:

    Neque enim Tyriis Cynosura carinis Certior aut Grais Helice servanda magistris,

    Val. Fl. 1, 17; so also Tacitus: nec litore tenus adcrescere aut resorberi, Agr. 10; G. 7 ter; H. 1, 32; so after non:

    Non eo dico, quo mihi veniat in dubium tua fides, aut quo etc.,

    Cic. Quinct. 5:

    non jure aut legibus cognoscunt,

    Tac. Or. 19; id. Agr. 41; id. G. 24; after haud:

    Haud alias populus plus occultae vocis aut suspicacis silentii permisit,

    id. A. 3, 11; after nihil:

    nihil caedis aut praedae,

    id. A. 15, 6; 13, 4; id. H. 1, 30.—
    E.
    The poets connect by aut... vel, vel... aut, instead of aut... aut, or vel... vel: Quotiens te votui Argu [p. 211] rippum Conpellare aut contrectare conloquive aut contui? Plaut. As. 3, 1, 19:

    aut appone dapes, Vare, vel aufer opes,

    Mart. 4, 78, 6 (this epigram is rejected by Schneid.):

    Non ars aut astus belli vel dextera deerat,

    Sil. 16, 32.—
    F.
    In connection with other particles.
    1.
    Aut etiam, to complete or strengthen an assertion, or also, or even:

    quid ergo aut hunc prohibet, aut etiam Xenocratem, etc.,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 18, 51:

    conjectura in multas aut diversas, aut etiam in contrarias partes,

    id. Div. 2, 26, 55; id. Off. 1, 9, 28:

    si aut ambigue aut inconstanter aut incredibiliter dicta sunt, aut etiam aliter ab alio dicta,

    id. Part. Or. 14, 51:

    etsi omnia aut scripta esse a tuis arbitror, aut etiam nuntiis ac rumore perlata,

    id. Att. 4, 1.—So with one aut:

    quod de illo acceperant, aut etiam suspicabantur,

    Cic. Fam. 1, 19, 36; Cels. 4, 18:

    si modo sim (orator), aut etiam quicumque sim,

    Cic. Or. 3, 12; id. de Or. 1, 17, 76.—
    2.
    Aut certe, aut modo, aut quidem, or aut sane, to restrict a declaration, or at least (cf. II. A.).
    a.
    Aut certe:

    ac video hanc primam ingressionem meam aut reprehensionis aliquid, aut certe admirationis habituram,

    Cic. Or. 3, 11; id. Top. 17, 64:

    quo enim uno vincebamur a victā Graeciā, id aut ereptum illis est, aut certe nobis cum illis communicatum,

    id. Brut. 73, 254; so Dolabella ap. Cic. Fam. 9, 9, 1; Liv. 2, 1, 4; 40, 46, 2; Cels. 1, 2; 5, 26; Prop. 4, 21, 29.—
    b.
    Aut modo:

    Si umquam posthac aut amasso Casinam, aut obcepso modo,

    Plaut. Cas. 5, 4, 22.—
    c.
    Aut quidem:

    Proinde desinant quidam quaerere ultra aut opinari... aut quidem vetustissimā nave impositos jubebo avehi,

    Suet. Caes. 66.—
    d.
    Aut sane:

    Afer aut Sardus sane,

    Cic. Scaur. 15.—
    3.
    Aut vero, to connect a more important thought, or indeed, or truly:

    Quem tibi aut hominem, aut vero deum, auxilio futurum putas?

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 78:

    Quis enim tibi hoc concesserit, aut initio genus hominum se oppidis moenibusque saepsisse? Aut vero etc.,

    id. de Or. 1, 9, 36.—
    4.
    Aut potius, for correction or greater definiteness, or rather (cf. II. C.):

    Erravit, aut potius insanivit Apronius?

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 119:

    proditores aut potius apertos hostes,

    id. Sest. 35:

    nemo est injustus, aut incauti potius habendi sunt improbi,

    id. Leg. 1, 14, 40:

    Quae est ergo ista ratio, aut quae potius ista amentia?

    id. Verr. 3, 173.—
    5.
    Aut ne... quidem:

    ego jam aut rem aut ne spem quidem exspecto,

    Cic. Att. 3, 22 fin.
    Aut regularly precedes the words of its clause, but sometimes in the poets it takes the second place:

    Saturni aut sacram me tenuisse diem,

    Tib.
    1, 3, 18 Lachm.:

    justos aut reperire pedes,

    id. 2, 5, 112:

    Persequar aut studium linguae etc.,

    Prop. 4, 21, 27:

    Fer pater, inquit, opem! Tellus aut hisce, vel istam, etc.,

    Ov. M. 1, 545 (Merk., ait):

    Balteus aut fluxos gemmis adstrinxit amictus,

    Luc. 2, 362, where some read haud. See more upon this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 525-558.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > aut

  • 9 μή

    μή (Hom.+) negative particle, ‘not’: ‘μή is the negative of will, wish, doubt. If οὐ denies the fact, μή denies the idea’ (Rob. 1167). For the Koine of the NT the usage is simplified to such a degree that οὐ is generally the neg. used w. the indicative, and μή is used w. the other moods (B-D-F §426; Rob. 1167).
    marker of negation, not
    in negative clauses
    α. in conditional clauses after ἐάν Mt 5:20; 6:15; 10:13; 12:29; 18:3, 16, 35; 26:42; Mk 3:27; 7:3f; 10:30; 12:19; Lk 13:3, 5; J 3:2f, 5, 27 al. After ὸ̔ς ἄν (=ἐάν) Mt 10:14; 11:6; 19:9; Mk 6:11; 10:15; 11:23; Lk 8:18; 18:17. After ὅσοι ἄν Lk 9:5; Rv 13:15. After ὅστις ἄν Ac 3:23. After εἰ in a simple condition (B-D-F §428, 1) Lk 6:4; 1 Ti 6:3. After εἰ in a contrary to fact condition (B-D-F §428, 2; Rob. 1169) Mt 24:22; Mk 13:20; J 9:33; 15:22, 24; 18:30; 19:11; Ac 26:32; Ro 7:7. εἰ μή if not, except (that), εἰ δὲ μήγε otherwise with verb and elliptically (B-D-F §428, 3; 439, 1; Rob. 1024f; cp. POxy 1185, 30) Mt 5:13; 6:1; 9:17; 11:27; 12:4, 24 and very oft. (GHarder, 1 Cor 7:17: TLZ 79, ’54, 367–72).
    β. in purpose clauses ἵνα μή in order that…not Mt 5:29f; 7:1; 17:27; Mk 3:9; 4:12; Lk 8:10, 12; 16:28; J 3:20; 7:23; Ac 2:25 (Ps 15:8); 4:17; 24:4; Ro 11:25; 15:20 al. ὅπως μή in order that…not Mt 6:18; Lk 16:26; Ac 20:16; 1 Cor 1:29. μὴ ἵνα IRo 3:2. On the inf. w. neg. as periphrasis for purpose clauses s. below.
    γ. in result clauses ὥστε μή w. inf. foll. (cp. PHib 66, 5) so that not Mt 8:28; Mk 3:20; 1 Cor 1:7; 2 Cor 3:7; 1 Th 1:8; w. impv. foll. 1 Cor 4:5.
    δ. in interrog. clauses w. an element of doubt: δῶμεν ἢ μὴ δῶμεν; should we pay (them) or should we not? Mk 12:14.
    ε. in a few relative clauses (B-D-F §428, 4; Mlt. 171; 239f) διδάσκοντες ἃ μὴ δεῖ Tit 1:11 (cp. Lucian, Dial. Deor. 13, 1; PGM 4, 2653 ὸ̔ μὴ θέμις γενέσθαι; CPR I, 19, 17; 2 Macc 12:14; Sir 13:24). The literary language is the source of ᾧ μὴ πάρεστιν ταῦτα τυφλός ἐστιν 2 Pt 1:9, where the relat. clause has a hypothetical sense. ὅσα μὴ θέλετε Ac 15:29 D. Cp. Col 2:18 v.l. On ὸ̔ μὴ ὁμολογεῖ (v.l. ὸ̔ λύει) 1J 4:3 s. ARahlfs, TLZ 40, 1915, 525.
    ζ. in a causal clause contrary to the rule, which calls for οὐ: ὅτι μὴ πεπίστευκεν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα J 3:18 (cp. Epict. 4, 4, 8; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 217 διήμαρτον, ὅτι μὴ ταῖς ἱεραῖς ἡμῶν βίβλοις ἐνέτυχον; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 8, 4; 11, 8; 32; Ath. 14, 2 ὅτι μὴ κοινῶς ἐκείνοις θεοσεβοῦμεν; Dio Chrys. 31, 94; 110.—B-D-F §428, 5; Mlt. 171; 239; Mlt-Turner 284; Rahlfs, loc. cit.).
    w. various moods
    α. w. inf. (B-D-F §399, 3; 400, 4; 5; Mlt-Turner 285f)
    א. after verbs expressing a negative concept, usu. omitted in translation ἀντιλέγοντες ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι Lk 20:27 (v.l. λέγοντες). ἀπαρνεῖσθαι 22:34. παραιτεῖσθαι Hb 12:19. ἐγκόπτειν τινά Gal 5:7. προσέχειν Mt 6:1. οὐ δύναμαι μὴ I can do nothing else than Ac 4:20.
    ב. gener., after verbs of saying, reporting, ordering, judging, etc.—in declarative clauses: after ἀποκρίνεσθαι Lk 20:7. λέγειν Mt 22:23; Mk 12:18; Lk 20:27 v.l.; Ac 23:8; AcPlCor 2:19. ὀμνύναι Hb 3:18. θέλειν Ro 13:3. χρηματίζεσθαι Lk 2:26.—In clauses denoting a summons or challenge: after λέγειν Mt 5:34, 39; Ac 21:4; Ro 2:22; 12:3. γράφειν 1 Cor 5:9, 11. κηρύσσειν Ro 2:21. παραγγέλλειν Ac 1:4; 4:18; 5:28, 40; 1 Cor 7:10f (w. acc.); 1 Ti 1:3; 6:17. αἰτεῖσθαι Eph 3:13. εὔχεσθαι 2 Cor 13:7 (w. acc.). χρηματίζεσθαι Mt 2:12. ἀξιοῦν Ac 15:38. βοᾶν 25:24.
    ג. after predicates that contain a judgment upon the thing expressed by the inf. (with or without the art.; cp. Just., D. 68, 8 ταῦτα τολμῶσι λέγειν μὴ οὕτως γεγράφθαι): καλόν (sc. ἐστιν) 1 Cor 7:1 (ApcEsdr 1, 6, 21); Gal 4:18; cp. Ro 14:21. ἄλογον Ac 25:27 (w. acc.). κρεῖττον ἦν 2 Pt 2:21. αἱρετώτερον ἦν αὐτοῖς τὸ μὴ γεννηθῆναι Hv 4, 2, 6. Cp. δεῖ Ac 27:21 (cp. use w. ἐχρῆν TestJob 37:6).
    ד. w. gen. of the subst. inf.: τοῦ μή that not (Lat. ne): after verbs of hindering κατέχειν Lk 4:42. παύειν 1 Pt 3:10 (Ps 33:14). καταπαύειν Ac 14:18. κωλύειν 10:47. κρατεῖσθαι Lk 24:16; cp. ἀνένδεκτόν ἐστιν τοῦ…μὴ ἐλθεῖν 17:1.—Also after other expressions: ὀφθαλμοὶ τοῦ μὴ βλέπειν, ὦτα τοῦ μὴ ἀκούειν eyes that should not see, ears that should not hear Ro 11:8, 10 (Ps 68:24). In place of a result clause: τοῦ μὴ εἶναι αὐτὴν μοιχαλίδα so that she commits no adultery, if... 7:3.
    ה. w. subst. inf. after prepositions: εἰς τὸ μή so that…not; to the end that…not Ac 7:19; 1 Cor 10:6; 2 Cor 4:4. W. acc. and inf. foll. 2 Th 2:2; 1 Pt 3:7.—διὰ τὸ μή because…not (PPetr II, 11, 1, 7 [III B.C.] τοῦτο δὲ γίνεται διὰ τὸ μὴ ἀθροῦν ἡμᾶς; 2 Macc 2:11; ApcMos 42 διὰ τὸ μὴ γινώσκειν; Just., D. 95, 1 διὰ τὸ μὴ πάντα φυλάξαι; Tat. 2, 1 διὰ τὸ μὴ βούλεσθαι) Mt 13:5f; Mk 4:5f; Lk 8:6; Js 4:2 (w. acc.).—πρὸς τὸ μὴ in order that…not (Ptolem. Pap. aus Alexandria 4, 3 in Witkowski p. 51 πρὸς τὸ μὴ γίνεσθαι τῷ βασιλεῖ τὸ χρήσιμον; Esth 3:13d, e; Bar 1:19; 2:5) 2 Cor 3:13; 1 Th 2:9; 2 Th 3:8.
    ו. w. dat. of the subst. inf. τῷ μή because…not 2 Cor 2:13.
    ז. w. nom. or acc. of the subst. inf. (2 Esdr 6:8; s. B-D-F §399, 3; s. Rob. 1038) Ro 14:13; 2 Cor 2:1; 10:2; 1 Th 4:6.
    β. very oft. w. the ptc., in keeping w. the tendency of later Gk. to prefer μή to οὐ; exceptions in B-D-F §430; s. Rob. 1172.
    א. μή is regularly used to negative the ptc. used w. the article, when the ptc. has a hypothet. sense or refers to no particular person, and has a general mng. (Artem. 4, 22 p. 215, 14 οἱ μὴ νοσοῦντες; ParJer 6:24 ὁ δὲ μὴ ἀκούων; Just., A I, 4, 2 τοὺς μὴ ἐλεγχομένους): ὁ μὴ ὢν μετʼ ἐμοῦ every one who is not with me Mt 12:30ab; Lk 11:23ab; ὁ μὴ πιστεύων J 3:18. πᾶς ὁ μή... Mt 7:26; 1J 3:10ab; 2J 9. πάντες οἱ μή 2 Th 2:12. μακάριοι οἱ μή J 20:29; cp. Ro 14:22. τῶν τὴν ψυχὴν μὴ δυναμένων ἀποκτεῖναι Mt 10:28b and oft.
    ב. w. the ptc. when it has conditional, causal, or concessive sense: πᾶν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν Mt 3:10; 7:19. Cp. 9:36; 13:19; Lk 11:24. θερίσομεν μὴ ἐκλυόμενοι we will reap, if we do not become weary (before the harvest) Gal 6:9. μὴ ὄντος νόμου when there is no law Ro 5:13. νόμον μὴ ἔχοντες although they have no law 2:14. μὴ ὢν αὐτὸς ὑπὸ νόμον though I am not under the law 1 Cor 9:20 (cp. TestAbr B 11 p. 115, 22 [Stone p. 78] μὴ ἰδὼν θάνατον). μὴ μεμαθηκώς without having learned (them) J 7:15 (cp. TestAbr B 2 p. 106, 1 [Stone p. 60] μὴ εἰδὼς τίς ἐστιν; TestJob 11:7 μὴ λαμβάνων…ἐνέχυρα; Just., A I, 5, 1 μὴ φροντίζοντες, D. 110, 2 μὴ συνιέντες). μὴ ἔχοντος δὲ αὐτοῦ ἀποδοῦναι but since he could not pay it back Mt 18:25. μὴ βουλόμενος since (God) did not wish to AcPlCor 2:12 (cp. TestAbrB 5 p. 109, 24f [Stone p. 66] μὴ θέλων…παρακοῦσαι).
    ג. when it is to be indicated that the statement has subjective validity (Just., D. 115, 3 ὡς μὴ γεγενημένου ἱερέως): ὡς μὴ λαβών as though you had not received 1 Cor 4:7. ὡς μὴ ἐρχομένου μου vs. 18.
    ד. but also very freq. where earlier Gk. would require οὐ (on developments s. Schwyzer II 595f; B-D-F §430, 3; Burton §485 [464 Z.]; cp. οὐ 2b; for μή here, cp. Just., A I, 3, 9, 3 ἄνδρες δεκαδύο…λαλεῖν μὴ δυνάμενοι; D. 85, 4 διὰ τοὺς μὴ…συνόντας ἡμῖν; Mel., P. 71, 518f): τὰ μὴ ὄντα what does not exist (in reality, not only in Paul’s opinion) Ro 4:17; 1 Cor 1:28 (Philo, Op. M. 81 τὸ τὰ μὴ ὄντα εἰς τὸ εἶναι παραγαγεῖν; Ath. 4:2 τὸ ὸ̓ν οὐ γίνεται ἀλλὰ τὸ μὴ ὄν); Hv 1, 1, 6. τὰ μὴ βλεπόμενα what is unseen 2 Cor 4:18ab. τὰ μὴ δέοντα 1 Ti 5:13. τὰ μὴ καθήκοντα (3 Macc 4:16) Ro 1:28. τὰ μὴ σαλευόμενα Hb 12:27. τὸν μὴ γνόντα ἁμαρτίαν 2 Cor 5:21. τυφλὸς μὴ βλέπων Ac 13:11. S. also μὴ ἀσθενήσας τῇ πίστει κατενόησεν Ro 4:19 where, as oft., the main idea is expressed by the ptc.
    in a prohibitive sense in independent clauses, to express a negative wish or a warning
    α. w. subjunctive let us not, we should not: pres. subj. μὴ γινώμεθα κενόδοξοι Gal 5:26. μὴ ἐγκακῶμεν 6:9. μὴ καθεύδωμεν 1 Th 5:6; cp. 1 Cor 5:8. W. aor. subj. μὴ σχίσωμεν αὐτόν J 19:24.
    β. w. optative (B-D-F §427, 4; Rob. 1170) μὴ αὐτοῖς λογισθείη 2 Ti 4:16 (cp. Job 27:5). ἐμοὶ δὲ μὴ γένοιτο καυχᾶσθαι Gal 6:14 (cp. 1 Macc 9:10; 13:5). Esp. in the formula μὴ γένοιτο (s. γίνομαι 4a) Lk 20:16; Ro 3:4, 31; 6:2, 15; 7:7, 13; 9:14; 11:1, 11; 1 Cor 6:15; Gal 2:17; 3:21.
    γ. w. pres. impv.
    א. to express a command that is generally valid (TestReub 2:10) μὴ γίνεσθε ὡς οἱ ὑποκριταί Mt 6:16; cp. vs. 19. μὴ μεριμνᾶτε τῇ ψυχῇ ὑμῶν vs. 25; Lk 12:22.—Mt 7:1; 10:31; 19:6; Lk 6:30; 10:4, 7; 1 Cor 6:9; 7:5, 12f, 18; Eph 4:26 (Ps 4:5), 29 and oft.
    ב. to bring to an end a condition now existing (Aeschyl., Sept. 1036; Chariton 2, 7, 5 μὴ ὀργίζου=‘be angry no longer’; PHib 56, 7 [249 B.C.]; PAmh 37, 7; POxy 295, 5; Wsd 1:12 and elsewh. LXX; TestAbr B 9 p. 113, 20 [Stone p. 74]; JosAs 14:11; GrBar 7:6 and ApcMos 16 μὴ φοβοῦ; Just., D. 87, 1 μὴ…λοιπὸν ὑπολάμβανε; Mlt. 122ff) μὴ φοβεῖσθε do not be afraid (any longer) Mt 14:27; 17:7; Lk 2:10; cp. 1:13, 30. μὴ κλαῖε do not weep (any more) 7:13; cp. 23:28 (GrBar16:1) μὴ σκύλλου do not trouble yourself (any further) 7:6; cp. 8:49 v.l. (TestAbr B 2 p. 107, 2 [Stone p. 62] μὴ σκύλλε τὸ παιδάριον).—9:50; Mk 9:39; J 2:16; 6:43. μὴ γράφε do not write (any longer)=it must no longer stand written 19:21. μή μου ἅπτου do not cling to me any longer = let go of me 20:17. μὴ γίνου ἄπιστος vs. 27.—Ac 10:15; 20:10; Ro 11:18, 20; 1 Th 5:19; Js 2:1 and oft.
    δ. w. aor. impv. (Od. 16, 301; Lucian, Paras. μὴ δότε; 1 Km 17:32; TestJob 45:1 μὴ ἐπιλάθεσθε τοῦ κυρίου) μὴ ἐπιστρεψάτω Mt 24:18; Lk 17:31b. μὴ καταβάτω Mt 24:17; Mk 13:15; Lk 17:31a. μὴ γνώτω Mt 6:3.
    ε. w. aor. subj.
    א. almost always to prevent a forbidden action fr. beginning (Plut., Alex. 696 [54, 6] μὴ φιλήσῃς=‘don’t kiss’; PPetr II, 40a, 12 [III B.C.]; POxy 744, 11; BGU 380, 19; LXX; TestAbr A 2 p. 79, 8 [Stone p. 6] μὴ ἐνέγκωσιν ἵππους; 16 p. 97, 5 [Stone p. 42] μὴ ἐκφοβήσῃς αὐτόν; TestJob 39:11 μὴ κάμητε εἰκῇ; ParJer 3:5 μὴ ἀπολέσητε τὴν πόλιν; ApcEsdr 7:11 μὴ μνησθῇς; Just., D. 137, 1 μὴ κακόν τι εἴπητε.—This is the sense of μὴ θαυμάσῃς Herm. Wr. 11, 17; s. ב below) μὴ φοβηθῇς Mt 1:20; 10:26 (JosAs 23:15; cp. TestJob 17:6 μὴ φοβηθῆτε ὅλως). μὴ δόξητε 3:9; cp. 5:17. μὴ ἅψῃ Col 2:21. μὴ ἀποστραφῇς Mt 5:42. μὴ κτήσησθε 10:9 and oft. Also w. the third pers. of the aor. subj. μή τις αὐτὸν ἐξουθενήσῃ no one is to slight him 1 Cor 16:11. μή τίς με δόξῃ εἶναι 2 Cor 11:16. μή τις ὑμᾶς ἐξαπατήσῃ 2 Th 2:3. μὴ σκληρύνητε Hb 3:8, 15 (quot. fr. Ps 94:8) is hardly a pres. subj.; it is rather to be regarded as an aor.
    ב. only rarely to put an end to a condition already existing (the pres. impv. is regularly used for this; s. above 1 cγב) (TestAbr B 7 p. 111, 19 [Stone p. 70] μὴ κλαύσῃς weep no more) μὴ θαυμάσῃς you need no longer wonder J 3:7 (‘you needn’t be surprised’: s. Mlt. 124; 126; and s. א above).
    ζ. in abrupt expressions without a verb (ParJer 1:7 μὴ κύριέ μου): μὴ ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ (we must) not (proceed against him) during the festival Mt 26:5; Mk 14:2. Cp. J 18:40. καὶ μὴ (ποιήσωμεν) Ro 3:8 (B-D-F §427, 4). μὴ ὀκνηροὶ (γίνεσθε) 12:11. Cp. 14:1; Gal 5:13; Eph 6:6 al. (B-D-F §481).
    after verbs of fearing, etc. that…(not), lest B-D-F §370.
    α. w. pres. subj. (3 Macc 2:23) ἐπισκοποῦντες…μή τις ῥίζα…ἐνοχλῇ Hb 12:15
    β. w. aor. subj. (Pla., Apol. 1, 17a) φοβηθεὶς μὴ διασπασθῇ Ac 23:10. Also after a pres. 27:17 (cp. Tob 6:15). After βλέπειν in the mng. take care (PLond III, 964, 9 p. 212 [II/III A.D.] βλέπε μὴ ἐπιλάθῃ μηδέν) Mt 24:4; Mk 13:5; Lk 21:8; Ac 13:40; 1 Cor 10:12; Gal 5:15; Hb 12:25. σκοπῶν σεαυτὸν, μὴ καὶ σὺ πειρασθῇς Gal 6:1. στελλόμενοι τοῦτο, μή τις ἡμάς μωμήσηται 2 Cor 8:20. ὁρᾶν Mt 18:10; 1 Th 5:15. Elliptically, like an aposiopesis ὅρα μή take care! you must not do that! Rv 19:10; 22:9 (B-D-F §480, 5; Rob. 932; 1203).
    γ. w. fut. ind. instead of the subj. following (X., Cyr. 4, 1, 18 ὅρα μὴ πολλῶν ἑκάστῳ ἡμῶν χειρῶν δεήσει) βλέπετε μή τις ἔσται Col 2:8; cp. Hb 3:12
    taking the place of a purpose clause=so that…not: w. aor. subj. Mk 13:36; Ac 27:42; 2 Cor 12:6.
    marker of expectation of a negative anwer to a question (B-D-F §427, 2; 4; 440; Rob. 1168; 1175; Mlt-Turner 283).
    in direct questions (X. Eph. 398, 26 H.; Job 1:9; 8:11; TestAbr A 2 p. 79, 9f [Stone p. 6]; B 6 p. 110, 6 [Stone p. 68]; TestJob 15, 6; 27, 1; ApcSed 7:2; ApcMos 8:27) somewhat along the lines ‘it isn’t so, is it, that...?’, with expectation of a neg. answer; in tr. the negation can in fact be variously expressed in a form suggesting that an inappropriate answer would be met with complete dismay, e.g. μή τινος ὑστερήσατε; you didn’t lack anything, did you? Lk 22:35; μὴ λίθον ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ; will one give the person a stone? Mt 7:9; sim. vs. 10; 9:15; Mk 2:19; Lk 5:34; 11:11 v.l.; 17:9; J 3:4; 4:12, 33; 6:67; 7:35, 51f; 21:5 (cp. μήτι); Ac 7:28 (Ex 2:14), 42 (Am 5:25); Ro 3:3, 5 (cp. Job 8:3); 9:14, 20 (Is 29:16); 1 Cor 1:13; 9:8f; 10:22 al. μὴ γάρ J 7:41; 1 Cor 11:22.—In cases like Ro 10:18f; 1 Cor 9:4f μή is an interrog. word and οὐ negatives the verb. The double negative causes one to expect an affirmative answer (B-D-F §427, 2; s. Rob. 1173f; Tetrast. Iamb. 17, 2 p. 266 μὴ οὐκ ἔστι χλόη;=‘there is grass, is there not?’).
    in indirect questions whether…not Lk 11:35 (cp. Epict. 4, 5, 18a; Arrian, Anab. 4, 20, 2 μή τι βίαιον ξυνέβη=whether anything violent has happened [hopefully not]; Jos., Ant. 6, 115).
    marker of reinforced negation, in combination w. οὐ, μή has the effect of strengthening the negation (Kühner-G. II 221–23; Schwyzer II 317; Mlt. 187–92 [a thorough treatment of NT usage]; B-D-F §365; RLudwig: D. prophet. Wort 31 ’37, 272–79; JLee, NovT 27, ’85, 18–23; B-D-F §365.—Pla., Hdt. et al. [Kühner-G. loc. cit.]; SIG 1042, 16; POxy 119, 5, 14f; 903, 16; PGM 5, 279; 13, 321; LXX; TestAbr A 8 p. 85, 11 [Stone p. 46]; JosAs 20:3; GrBar 1:7; ApcEsdr 2:7; Just., D. 141, 2). οὐ μή is the most decisive way of negativing someth. in the future.
    w. the subj.
    α. w. aor. subj. (TestAbr A 17 p. 99, 7 οὐ μὴ δυνηθῇς θεάσασθαι; JosAs 20:3; ParJer 2:5; 8:5; ApcSed 12:5; 13:6; Just., D. 141, 2; Ael. Aristid. 50, 107 K.=26 p. 533 D.: οὐ μὴ ἡμῶν καταφρονήσωσι; Diogenes, Ep. 38, 5; UPZ 62, 34; 79, 19) never, certainly not, etc. Mt 5:18, 20, 26; 24:2; Mk 13:2; Lk 1:15; 6:37ab; 10:19; J 8:52; 10:28; 11:26; 13:8; 1 Cor 8:13; Hb 8:12 (Jer 38:34); 13:5; 1 Pt 2:6 (Is 28:16); Rv 2:11; 3:12; 18:21–23 al.—Also in a rhetorical question, when an affirmative answer is expected οὐ μὴ ποιήσῃ τὴν ἐκδίκησιν; will he not vindicate? Lk 18:7. οὐ μὴ πίω αὐτό; shall I not drink it? J 18:11. τίς οὐ μὴ φοβηθῇ; who shall not fear? Rv 15:4.—In relative clauses Mt 16:28; Mk 9:1; Ac 13:41 (Hab 1:5); Ro 4:8 (Ps 31:2); cp. Lk 18:30.—In declarative and interrogative sentences after ὅτι Mt 24:34; Lk 22:16 (οὐκέτι οὐ μή v.l.); J 11:56; without ὅτι Mt 26:29; Lk 13:35.—Combined w. οὐδέ: οὐδʼ οὐ μὴ γένηται (Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 122, 4 [6 A.D.]) Mt 24:21 (B-D-F §431, 3).
    β. w. pres. subj. Hb 13:5 v.l. ἐγκαταλείπω (accepted by Tdf., whereas most edd. read ἐγκαταλίπω)
    w. fut. ind. (En 98:12; 99:10; TestAbr A 8 p. 85, 11 [Stone p. 20] οὐ μή σοι ἀκολουθήσω; GrBar 1:7 οὐ μὴ προσθήσω; ApcEsdr 2:7 οὐ μὴ παύσομαι) οὐ μὴ ἔσται σοι τοῦτο Mt 16:22.—Hm 9:5; Hs 1:5; 4:7. Cp. Mt 15:6; 26:35; Lk 10:19 v.l.; 21:33; J 4:14; 6:35b; 10:5 (ἀκολουθήσωσιν v.l.); Hb 10:17. οὐκέτι οὐ μὴ εὑρήσουσιν Rv 18:14. οὐ γὰρ μὴ κληρονομήσει Gal 4:30 (Gen 21:10 v.l.); but the tradition wavers mostly betw. the fut. and aor. subj. (s. Mlt. and B-D-F loc. cit.).—DELG. M-M. EDNT.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > μή

  • 10 ὅτι

    ὅτι (Hom.+) conjunction (B-D-F §396f; 408; 416; 470, 1 al.; Rob. 1032–36, al. [s. index]; HPernot, Études sur la langue des Évang. 1927, 41ff) originally the neuter of ὅστις.
    marker of narrative or discourse content, direct or indirect, that. Used after verbs that denote mental or sense perception, or the transmission of such perception, or an act of the mind, to indicate the content of what is said, etc.
    after verbs of saying, indicating, etc.: ἀπαγγέλλω, ἀποκρίνομαι, δείκνυμι, δῆλόν (ἐστιν), διδάσκω, εἶπον, ἐμφανίζω, λέγω, μαρτυρέω, ὁμολογέω, φημί etc.; s. the entries in question. Likew. after verbs of swearing, affirming and corresponding formulae: μαρτύρομαι Ac 20:26; Gal 5:3. μάρτυρα τὸν θεὸν ἐπικαλοῦμαι 2 Cor 1:23. ὀμνύω Rv 10:6. Cp. the sim. exprs. πιστὸς ὁ θεός 2 Cor 1:18. ἰδοὺ ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ Gal 1:20.—2 Cor 11:10. Cp. also φάσις … ὅτι Ac 21:31. αἱ γραφαὶ ὅτι the Scriptures (which state) that Mt 26:54.—On 1J 2:12–14 s. BNoack, NTS 6, ’60, 236–41.
    after verbs that denote sense perception ἀκούω, θεάομαι, θεωρέω (q.v. 1); s. these entries.
    after verbs that denote mental perception ἀγνοέω, ἀναγινώσκω, βλέπω (perceive), γινώσκω, γνωστόν ἐστιν, ἐπιγινώσκω, ἐπίσταμαι, θεωρέω (q.v. 2a), καταλαμβάνω, μιμνῄσκομαι, μνημονεύω, νοέω, οἶδα, ὁράω (q.v. A4a), συνίημι, ὑπομιμνῄσκω; s. these entries. In Gal 1:11 ὅτι comes later in the sentence so as to permit the emphatic portion of the subordinate clause to come to the forefront.
    after verbs of thinking, judging, believing, hoping: δοκέω (q.v. 1d), ἐλπίζω (q.v. 2), κρίνω, λογίζομαι, νομίζω (q.v. 2), οἶμαι, πέπεισμαι, πέποιθα, πιστεύω (q.v. 1aβ), ὑπολαμβάνω; s. these entries. εἶχον τὸν Ἰωάννην ὅτι προφήτης ἦν they held that John was a prophet Mk 11:32 (s. B-D-F §330; 397, 2; Rob. 1029; 1034).
    after verbs that denote an emotion and its expression ἀγανακτέω, ἐξομολογέομαι, ἐπαινέω, εὐχαριστέω, θαυμάζω, μέλει μοι, συγχαίρω, χαίρω, χάριν ἔχω τινί; s. these entries.
    Very oft. the subj. of the ὅτι-clause is drawn into the main clause, and becomes the object of the latter: ἐπεγίνωσκον αὐτοὺς ὅτι (=ὅτι αὐτοὶ) σὺν τῷ Ἰησοῦ ἦσαν Ac 4:13. οἴδατε τὴν οἰκίαν Στεφανᾶ ὅτι (=ὅτι ἡ οἰκία Σ.) ἐστὶν ἀπαρχή 1 Cor 16:15. Cp. Mt 25:24; Mk 12:34; J 8:54; 9:8; Ac 3:10; 1 Cor 3:20 (Ps 93:11); 1 Th 2:1; Rv 17:8. Somet. the subj. is repeated by a demonstrative pron. in the ὅτι-clause: ἐκήρυσσεν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ Ac 9:20.—Pass. εἰ Χριστὸς κηρύσσεται ὅτι ἐκ νεκρῶν ἐγήγερται (=εἰ κηρύσσεται ὅτι Χρ. ἐκ νεκ. ἐγ.) 1 Cor 15:12.
    marker of explanatory clauses, that
    as a substitute for the epexegetical inf. (acc. w. inf.) after a preceding demonstrative (B-D-F §394; cp. Rob. 1034) αὕτη δέ ἐστιν ἡ κρίσις, ὅτι τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν the judgment consists in this, that the light has come J 3:19. ἔστιν αὕτη ἡ ἀγγελία …, ὅτι ὁ θεὸς φῶς ἐστιν 1J 1:5. Cp. 3:16; 4:9, 10. ἐν τούτῳ …, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ πνεύματος αὐτοῦ δέδωκεν ἡμῖν vs. 13; 5:11. περὶ τούτου … ὅτι about this …, that J 16:19. In ἔχω κατὰ σοῦ ὅτι … Rv 2:4, ὅτι is epexegetical to a τοῦτο that remains unexpressed. Cp. vs. 6. Of the same order is the use
    in ellipses τί ὅτι; what (is it) that? why? Lk 2:49; Ac 5:4, 9; Mk 2:16 v.l. (JosAs 16:5).—οὐχ ὅτι (=οὐ λέγω ὅτι) not that, not as if J 6:46; 7:22; 2 Cor 1:24; 3:5; Phil 3:12; 4:11; 2Th 3:9 (so μὴ ὅτι PLond I 42, 43 p. 30 [II B.C.]). ἐπεὶ οὐχ ὅτι since it is not the case that IMg 3:2.—οὐχ οἷον ὅτι Ro 9:6 (s. οἷος).—ὅτι alone is used for εἰς ἐκεῖνο ὅτι with regard to the fact that, in consideration of the fact that (Gen 40:15; Ruth 2:13) ποταπός ἐστιν οὗτος ὅτι; what sort of person is this, (in consideration of the fact) that? Mt 8:27 (but it is prob. that in this and sim. passages the causal force of ὅτι [s. 4 below] comes to the fore). τίς ὁ λόγος οὗτος ὅτι; Lk 4:36. Cp. 16:3; Mk 4:41; J 2:18; 8:22; 9:17; 11:47; 16:9–11.—ὅτι = ἐν τούτῳ ὅτι in that Ro 5:8. ὅτι = περὶ τούτου ὅτι concerning this, that Mt 16:8; Mk 8:17.—On ὅτι=why? (cp. Jos. Ant. 12, 213) Mk 9:11, 28 s. ὅστις 4b.
    marker introducing direct discourse. In this case it is not to be rendered into English, but to be represented by quotation marks (ὅτι recitativum.—B-D-F §397, 5; 470, 1; EKieckers, IndogF 35, 1915, 21ff; Rob. 1027f. As early as Pla. [Apol. 23, 34 d.—Kühner-G. II, 366f]; Epict. 1, 9, 16; Arrian, Alex. An. 2, 12, 4; 2, 26, 4; 4, 8, 9; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 1, 38 p. 40; POxy 744, 11 [1 B.C.]; 119, 10; 1064, 5; LXX; TestAbr A 8 p. 85, 10 [Stone p. 18]; TestJob 6:7; 35:1; 36:3; ParJer 1:6; 2:7; ApcEsdr; AscIs 3:9; Jos. Ant. 11, 5; 18, 326, Vi. 55) ὑμεῖς λέγετε ὅτι ‘βλασφημεῖς’ ὅτι εἶπον J 10:36. ὁμολογήσω αὐτοῖς ὅτι ‘οὐδέποτε ἔγνων ὑμᾶς’ Mt 7:23. So after var. verbs of saying as direct discourse: Mt 26:72–75; 27:43; Mk 1:37; 2:16; 5:28; 12:29; 13:6 (JSundwall, Om bruket av ὅτι recit. i Mk: Eranos 31, ’33, 73–81; MZerwick, Untersuchgen z. Mk-Stil ’37, 39–48); Lk 1:25, 61 (PWinter, HTR 48, ’55, 213–16); 4:41a; 5:26; 15:27a; J 1:20, 32; 4:17; 6:42; 16:17; Ac 5:23; 15:1; Ro 3:8 (B-D-F §470, 1; Rob. 1033; AFridrichsen, ZNW 34, ’35, 306–8); 2 Th 3:10; 1J 4:20 al. Scripture quotations are also introduced in this way (Appian, Bell. Civ. 62 §260 a saying of Caesar in direct discourse is introduced by ὅτι): Μωϋσῆς ἔγραψεν ἡμῖν ὅτι ‘ἐάν τινος κτλ.’ Mk 12:19.—Mt 2:23; 21:16; Lk 2:23; J 10:34; Ro 8:36; 1 Cor 14:21; Hb 11:18.—On ὅτι foll. by the acc. and inf. in direct discourse Lk 4:43 s. 5a below.
    subordinating, because, since ὅτι ἑώρακάς με, πεπίστευκας J 20:29.—Mt 2:18 (Jer 38:15); 5:3ff; 13:16; Mk 1:34; 5:9; Lk 4:41b; 6:20ff; 8:30; 10:13; 11:42ff; 13:2b; 15:27b; perh. 18:9 (TManson, The Sayings of Jesus ’54, 309); 19:17; J 1:30, 50a; 2:25; 3:18; 5:27; 9:16, 22; Ro 6:15; 1 Cor 12:15f. On 1J 2:12–14 s. BNoack, NTS 6, ’60, 236–41 (opposes causal mng.).—Used w. demonstr. and interrog. pronouns διὰ τοῦτο … ὅτι for this reason …, (namely) that J 8:47; 10:17; 12:39; 1J 3:1 al. διὰ τί; ὅτι … why? because … Ro 9:32; 2 Cor 11:11. χάριν τίνος; ὅτι … for what reason? because … 1J 3:12. Foll. by διὰ τοῦτο because … for this reason J 15:19. οὐχ ὅτι … ἀλλʼ ὅτι not because … but because 6:26; 12:6.
    The subordination is oft. so loose that the transl. for recommends itself (B-D-F §456, 1; Rob. 962f). Naturally the line betw. the two groups cannot be drawn with certainty: Mt 7:13; 11:29; Lk 7:47 (on this pass. and 1J 3:14 s. Schwyzer II 646, w. ref. to Il. 16, 34f: ‘infer this from the fact that’); 9:12; 13:31; 16:24; J 1:16f; 9:16; 1 Cor 1:25; 4:9; 10:17; 2 Cor 4:6; 7:8, 14; 1J 3:14.—MBlack, An Aramaic Approach3, ’67, 70ff.
    special uses
    ὅτι w. acc. and inf. after θεωρεῖν Ac 27:10 (on the mingling of constructions cp. POxy 237 V, 8 δηλῶν ὅτι … δεῖσθαι τὸ πρᾶγμα; EpArist 125; schol. on Clem. of Alex., Protr. p. 296, 11f Stäh.—B-D-F §397, 6; Rob. 1036; Rdm.2 195; MArnim, De Philonis Byzantii dicendi genere, diss. Greifs-wald 1912, 88 [but s. on this Rdm.2 196, 1]). Less irregular is καὶ ὅτι w. a finite verb as the second member dependent on παρακαλεῖν after the inf. ἐμμένειν Ac 14:22.—S. also c, below and HCadbury, JBL 48, 1929, 412–25.
    ὡς ὅτι is found three times in Pauline letters and simply means ‘that’ in the later vernacular (exx. in Mlt. 212; B-D-F §396; Rob. 1033). But the subjective mng. of ὡς must be conceded for the NT, since the Vulgate renders ὡς ὅτι twice w. ‘quasi’ (2 Cor 11:21; 2 Th 2:2) and the third time (2 Cor 5:19) w. ‘quoniam quidem’: διʼ ἐπιστολῆς …, ὡς ὅτι ἐνέστηκεν ἡ ἡμέρα τοῦ κυρίου by a letter … (of such content) that (in the opinion of its writer) the day of the Lord is (now) here 2 Th 2:2. Paul says ironically: κατὰ ἀτιμίαν λέγω, ὡς ὅτι ἡμεῖς ἠσθενήκαμεν I must confess to my shame that we have conducted ourselves as weaklings (as I must concede when I compare my conduct w. the violent treatment you have had fr. others [vs. 20]) 2 Cor 11:21 (for the thought cp. Demosth. 18, 320: ‘I confess it. I am weak, but all the more loyal than you [Aeschines] to my fellow citizens’). Likew. 5:19; we are a new creation in Christ (vs. 17). This does not alter the fact that everything has its origin in God, who reconciled us w. himself through Christ (vs. 18), ὡς ὅτι θεὸς ἦν ἐν Χριστῷ κόσμον καταλλάσσων ἑαυτῷ that is (acc. to Paul’s own conviction), (that) it was God who was reconciling the world to himself in Christ.
    consecutive ὅτι so that (Pel.-Leg. p. 20 τί διδοῖς τοῖς ἀμνοῖς σου ὅτι ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἔχουσιν;=what do you give your sheep so that they have eternal life? Acta Christophori p. 68, 18 Usener τοιοῦτοι γάρ εἰσιν οἱ θεοὶ ὑμῶν, ὅτι ὑπὸ γυναικὸς ἐκινήθησαν. Gen 20:9; Judg 14:3; 1 Km 20:1; 3 Km 18:9) ποῦ οὗτος μέλλει πορεύεσθαι, ὅτι ἡμεῖς οὐχ εὑρήσομεν αὐτόν; J 7:35. τί γέγονεν ὅτι … ; what has happened, so that (=to bring it about that) …? 14:22 (so Rob. 1001; difft. Rdm.2 196 and B-D-F §480, 6). This is prob. also the place for οὐδὲν εἰσηνέγκαμεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον, ὅτι οὐδὲ ἐξενεγκεῖν τι δυνάμεθα we have brought nothing into the world, so that (as a result) we can take nothing out of it 1 Ti 6:7. τί ἐστιν ἄνθρωπος, ὅτι μιμνῄσκῃ αὐτοῦ; Hb 2:6 (Ps 8:5).—DELG. M-M.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ὅτι

  • 11 certus

    certus, a, um [orig. P. a. from cerno; hence], adj., determined, resolved, fixed, settled, purposed: non dubius.
    I.
    (Acc. to cerno, II. D.) Certum est (mihi), it is determined, it is my ( thy, his, etc.) decision, resolution, will, I am resolved, I mean, etc. (mostly ante-class.; most freq. in Plaut.); with inf.: quorum virtuti belli Fortuna pepercit, Eorundem me libertati parcere certum est, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38 (Ann. v. 206 Vahl.):

    certum'st hominem eludere,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 109:

    tibi credere,

    id. Aul. 4, 9, 7; cf. id. Capt. 3, 1, 32; id. Curc. 2, 1, 1; id. Cas. 2, 4, 15; id. Cist. 3, 1, 16; id. Ep. 5, 1, 57; id. Bacch. 5, 2, 37; id. Most. 1, 3, 80; id. Men. 5, 6, 12; id. Mil. 2, 3, 32; id. Merc. 3, 1, 7; id. Ps. 1, 5, 138; id. Poen. 5, 5, 25; id. Pers. 2, 2, 39; id. Rud. 3, 3, 22; id. Stich. 5, 4, 2; id. Trin. 2, 1, 34; id. Truc. 2, 6, 68; Ter. And. 2, 1, 11; id. Eun. 1, 2, 108: certum est deliberatumque, quae ad causam pertinere arbitror, omnia dicere, Cic. Rosc. Am. 11, 31:

    certum atque decretum est non dare signum,

    Liv. 2, 45, 13:

    certum est igni circumdare muros,

    Verg. A. 9, 153.—Certum'st mihi with inf., Plaut. As. 1, 3, 94; 3, 3, 23; id. Cas. 1, 1, 3; id. Mil. 3, 1, 154; id. Ps. 4, 8, 2; Cic. de Or. 2, 33, 144; Liv. 35, 46, 13; Ov. M. 9, 53 al.—Without inf., esp. parenthet., with expression of purpose by a fut. tense:

    certum est, malam rem potius quaeram cum lucro,

    Plaut. Aul. 4, 6, 15:

    certum est, jam dicam patri,

    id. Bacch. 3, 1, 15:

    certum est, ibo ad medicum,

    id. Merc. 2, 4, 4: An. Certumn' est tibi? Ly. Certum, id. Poen. 2, 48; cf. id. Stich. 4, 2, 33.—With pron. or subst.: Ar. Certumne'st tibi istuc? He. Non moriri certius, Plaut. Capt. 3, 5, 74;

    so further with istuc,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 20; Ter. Eun. 3, 3, 30:

    mihi autem abjurare certius est quam dependere,

    Cic. Att. 1, 8, 3:

    ad eum senem oppugnare certum est consilium,

    Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 60:

    quae nunc sunt certa ei consilia, etc.,

    Ter. And. 2, 3, 16:

    certa res hanc est objurgare,

    Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 73; so id. Merc. 5, 2, 16; id. Mil. 2, 4, 45; Ter. And. 2, 2, 31; Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 16.—
    b.
    (From the time of the Aug. poets.) Transf. to the person who is determined upon something, determined, resolved, bent.
    (α).
    With inf.:

    certa mori,

    Verg. A. 4, 564 (cf. id. ib. 4, 475:

    decrevitque mori): certi non cedere,

    Ov. M. 9, 43:

    certa sequi,

    Val. Fl. 5, 47.—
    (β).
    With gen. (cf. Ramsh. Gr. p. 323; Zumpt, Gr. § 437, n. 1;

    A. and S. § 213, R. 1): certus eundi,

    Verg. A. 4, 554; Ov. M. 11, 440:

    desciscendi,

    Tac. H. 4, 14:

    relinquendae vitae,

    id. A. 4, 34:

    necis,

    Sil. 6, 27:

    fugae,

    Plin. Ep. 6, 16, 12:

    destinationis,

    Tac. A. 12, 32:

    sceleris,

    id. ib. 12, 66:

    consilii,

    id. H. 2, 46.—
    (γ).
    With an:

    nec sat certa an cederet armis,

    Sil. 9, 480.—
    II.
    An epithet of all those objects whose existence or reality is fixed, determined (hence in connection with definitus, Quint. 7, 10, 7;

    with praefinitus,

    Suet. Galb. 14), or in respect to which there can be no doubt (hence opp. dubius, Quint. 7, 6, 3; 5, 12, 3; 12, 3, 6 al.).
    A.
    Object.
    1.
    Of things whose external qualities, number, etc., are invariable, established, settled, fixed, particular, specified, etc. (class.):

    Arboribus primum certis gravis umbra tributa,

    Lucr. 6, 783:

    fruges, bacae,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 8, 19:

    jam ad certas res conficiendas certos homines delectos ac descriptos habebat,

    id. Cat. 3, 7, 16:

    concilium in diem certam indicere,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 30 fin.;

    so with dies,

    a fixed term, Cato, R. R. 149, 1; Cic. Att. 6, 2, 9; Nep. Chabr. 3, 1; Liv. 1, 50, 1; Tac. G. 9 al.; cf.:

    certis diebus,

    Verg. G. 2, 329:

    quaerere ab judicibus cur in certa verba jurent, cur certo tempore conveniant, certo discedant,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 45, 132; cf. Suet. Aug. 41:

    certum praefinitumque tempus,

    id. Galb. 14; and:

    certum statumque vectigal,

    id. Calig. 40:

    pecunia (opp. arbitraria), v. arbitrarius: finis aerumnarum,

    Lucr. 1, 108; cf. id. 2, 512; 8, 1091; Hor. S. 1, 1, 106; id. Ep. 1, 2, 56:

    locus,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 1, 6:

    numerus,

    id. ib. 7, 75:

    signum,

    fixed, agreed upon, id. B. C. 1, 27:

    naves,

    fixed in number and quality, id. ib. 1, 56:

    pecuniae imperabantur,

    id. ib. 3, 32 fin.:

    conviva,

    i. e. a daily, constant guest, Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 75 Schmid:

    ecquem tu illo certiorem nebulonem,

    Cic. Att. 15, 21, 2.—
    b.
    But sometimes indef., like quidam, and our certain, of things, the certainty of whose existence is given, but whose nature is not more definitely designated, or comes not into consideration (cf. aliquis):

    Cephaloedi mensis est certus, quo mense sacerdotem maximum creari oporteat,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 52, § 128:

    habet certos sui studiosos,

    id. Brut. 16, 64:

    (hunc) certis rebus imperatis regnare jussit,

    id. Sest. 27, 58:

    certi homines ad eam rem periti,

    id. ib. 18, 41:

    res a certis hominibus corrupta,

    id. Fam. 1, 2, 3; 4, 9, 2; 16, 11, 2; id. Marcell. 6, 16; id. Deiot. 4, 11; Liv. 34, 61, 7.—Hence in Quint. several times in connection with quidam and aliquis:

    ad certas quasdam dicendi leges alligati,

    Quint. 8, prooem. § 2; so id. 8, prooem. § 12; 4, 2, 28; 5, 10, 2; 5, 10, 5; 9, 4, 8;

    11, 2, 28: aliquos compositionis certos pedes,

    id. 10, 2, 13; so id. 7, prooem. § 4; and subst.:

    in his certos aliquos docebit,

    id. 2, 8, 13.—
    2.
    Trop., of things whose internal moral qualities are established, fixed, can be relied upon, sure, unerring, to be depended upon, true, faithful, [p. 321] etc. (so most freq. in all periods and species of composition; syn.: firmus, confirmatus, exploratus, indubitatus, manifestus al.).
    a.
    Of persons: amicus certus in re incertā cernitur, Enn. ap. Cic. Lael. 17, 64; cf.:

    tu ex amicis certis mi es certissimus,

    Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 57:

    certi homines, quibus dem litteras,

    Cic. Fam. 1, 7, 1; cf. id. Cat. 3, 7, 16; Nep. Paus. 2, 4; id. Alcib. 10, 1; Cic. Rosc. Am. 19, 53; id. Verr. 2, 2, 64, § 156:

    certus enim promisit Apollo, etc.,

    Hor. C. 1, 7, 28:

    auctor (mortis),

    Quint. 6, 3, 68; cf. Suet. Tib. 5:

    adversus hostem nec spe nec animo certiorem, i. e. firmiorem,

    Liv. 10, 35, 17: apud latera certos collocaverat, Sall. ap. Serv. ad Verg. A. 1, 576 (H. 1, 53 Dietsch); cf. Nep. Dion, 9, 2:

    per litora certos dimittam,

    Verg. A. 1, 576:

    certissimus auctor (Phoebus),

    id. G. 1, 432.—
    b.
    Of things:

    satis animo certo et confirmato,

    Cic. Quint. 24, 77; cf.

    pectora,

    Verg. A. 9, 249, and certior indoles, Suet. Ner. 10:

    promissa,

    Cic. Fam. 6, 12, 1:

    parata dicendi copia et certa,

    Quint. 10, 6, 6; id. 6, prooem. §

    9: jus,

    id. 12, 3, 6 et saep.:

    jactus (telorum),

    Tac. A. 14, 37; cf.

    in this sense certa hasta,

    Verg. A. 11, 767:

    sagitta,

    Hor. C. 1, 12, 23:

    fides segetis,

    id. ib. 3, 16, 30:

    spes,

    id. C. S. 74:

    trames,

    id. S. 2, 3, 49:

    lar,

    id. Ep. 1, 7, 58 al.:

    plana et certa,

    Plaut. Pers. 2, 2, 1:

    certa et clara,

    Ter. Hec. 5, 4, 1 Ruhnk.; so Liv. 22, 39, 22; cf. Hor. S. 2, 6, 27.—Subst., with gen.:

    certa maris,

    Tac. H. 4, 81.—
    B.
    Subject., of that which is established by evidence, etc., placed beyond doubt, certain, sure, true, proved, established (class.; esp. freq. in neutr.):

    cum ad has suspitiones certissimae res accederent,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 19; 5, 29:

    incerta pro certis malebant,

    Sall. C. 17, 6; cf.:

    incerta pro certis mutare,

    id. J. 83, 1:

    postremo certior res,

    Liv. 29, 6, 12:

    certiora esse dicunt quam, etc.,

    Cic. N. D. 3, 5, 13; id. Att. 3, 11, 2; Liv. 10, 35, 12: So. Satin hoc certum'st? Ge. Certum:

    hisce oculis egomet vidi,

    Ter. Ad. 3, 2, 31:

    jam satis certumst virginem vitiatam esse?

    id. Enn. 4, 4, 36:

    cum certius tibi sit me esse Romae quam mihi te Athenis,

    Cic. Att. 1, 9, 1:

    id parum certum est,

    Liv. 5, 35, 3:

    cum de altero intellectu certum est, de altero dubium,

    Quint. 7, 6, 3; cf. id. 7, 3, 4: non certum traditur, with interrog.-clause, Liv. 2, 8, 8:

    nec quicquam certi respondes mihi?

    Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 84:

    neque tanto spatio certi quid esset explorari poterat,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 45:

    certum inveniri non potest ne... an,

    id. B. C. 1, 25:

    si quicquam humanorum certi est,

    Liv. 5, 33, 1: Ph. Civemne? Th. Arbitror:

    Certum non scimus,

    Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 31; cf. id. Phorm. 1, 2, 98; Cic. Att. 12, 23, 2.—So, certum scire, to know for a certainty, Ter. Eun. 5, 3, 12; id. Hec. 3, 1, 44; Cic. Fam. 9, 23 init.:

    certum habere,

    to reckon certain, id. Att. 1, 13, 1; Liv. 36, 28, 4; 5, 3, 2; Quint. 2, 3, 9; Col. 2, 22, 5 al.:

    certum respondeo,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 29, 92:

    cognoscere, Auct. B. Alex. 53: comperire, Auct. B. Hisp. 22.—So also pro certo habere,

    Cic. Att. 10, 6, 3; Matius ap. Cic. Att. 9, 15, A med.; Sall. C. 52, 17; Suet. Dom. 23:

    negare,

    Cic. Att. 5, 21, 5:

    polliceri,

    id. Agr. 2, 37, 102:

    dicere aliquid,

    id. Brut. 3, 10:

    ponere,

    Liv. 23, 6, 8:

    scire,

    id. 25, 10, 1:

    affirmare,

    id. 27, 1, 13; 3, 23, 7; cf. id. 1, 3, 2 Drak.:

    creditur,

    Sall. C. 15, 2:

    coeperit esse,

    Quint. 5, 12, 2:

    certius cognoscere ex aliquo de aliquā re,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 52, 5.—Strengthened by comp.:

    quin nihil invenies magis hoc certo certius,

    Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 111; cf.:

    et hoc certo certius est et saepissime constitutum,

    Dig. 42, 8, 10, § 14:

    certo certius,

    Ambros. in Ephes. 5; Paul. Vit. St. Ambros. 25; App. M. 9, p. 237, 27.—In Plaut. certum or certius facere alicui, to give certainty to one concerning any thing, make him certain, Plaut. Men. 2, 1, 17; 5, 2, 12; id. Ps. 2, 2, 4.—
    2.
    Transf. to the person who is made certain in reference to a thing, certain, sure:

    certi sumus periisse omnia,

    Cic. Att. 2, 19, 5:

    num quid nunc es certior?

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 191:

    posteritatis,

    i. e. of posthumous fame, Plin. Ep. 9, 3, 1:

    sententiae,

    Quint. 4, 3, 8:

    judicii,

    Sen. Ep. 45, 9:

    certus de suā geniturā,

    Suet. Vesp. 25:

    damnationis,

    id. Tib. 61:

    exitii,

    Tac. A. 1, 27:

    spei,

    id. H. 4, 3:

    matrimonii,

    id. A. 12, 3:

    certi sumus, etc.,

    Gell. 18, 10, 5.—In class. prose mostly in the phrase certiorem facere aliquem (de aliquā re, alicujus rei, with a foll, acc. and inf., with a rel.-clause or absol.), to inform, apprise one of a thing:

    me certiorem face,

    Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 69:

    ut nos facias certiores,

    Plaut. Curc. 5, 2, 32:

    uti se (sc. Caesarem) de his rebus certiorem faciant,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 2:

    qui certiorem me sui consilii fecit,

    Cic. Att. 9, 2, a, 2:

    Caesarem certiorem faciunt, sese non facile ab oppidis vim hostium prohibere,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 11:

    faciam te certiorem quid egerim,

    Cic. Att. 3, 11, 1.— With subj. only:

    milites certiores facit, paulisper intermitterent proelium,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 5 fin.Pass.:

    quod crebro certior per me fias de omnibus rebus,

    Cic. Fam. 1, 7, 1; so Caes. B. G. 1, 7; Sall. J. 104, 1:

    Caesar certior factus est, tres jam copiarum partes Helvetios id flumen transduxisse,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 12; so id. ib. 1, 21; 1, 41; 2, 1; Sall. J. 82, 2; Nep. Att. 12, 3:

    factus certior, quae res gererentur,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 15:

    non consulibus certioribus factis,

    Liv. 45, 21, 4.—Also in posit., though rarely:

    fac me certum quid tibi est,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 16; 4, 6, 35; Verg. A. 3, 179:

    lacrimae suorum Tam subitae matrem certam fecere ruinae,

    Ov. M. 6, 268.— Hence, adv. in two forms.
    A.
    certō, with certainty, certainly, surely, of a truth, in fact, really, object. and subject. (cf. supra, II. A. and B.); only in the comic poets, and sometimes (most. freq. in his epistt.) in Cic., while the adverbial form certe belongs to all periods and all species of composition. The difference between them is, perhaps, merely historical; but v. infra, certe, B. I. 2. init.
    1.
    Object.:

    perii certo, haud arbitrario,

    Plaut. Poen. 3, 5, 42; cf. id. Merc. 2, 3, 106:

    mihi certo nomen Sosia'st,

    id. Am. 1, 1, 176; id. Men. 2, 2, 39; Ter. Phorm. 1, 3, 12:

    nihil ita exspectare quasi certo futurum,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 28, 81 (cf. the passage cited under certo, I. 1., from id. Div. 2, 7, 18).—
    b.
    In affirm. answers: Me. Liberum ego te jussi abire? Mes. Certo, yes, certainly, Plaut. Men. 5, 8, 9; so id. ib. 5, 9, 50; 2, 3, 38; id. Poen. 5, 5, 21; Ter. Eun. 5, 1, 9.—
    2.
    Subject.
    a.
    In gen. (very rare):

    certo enim ego vocem hic loquentis modo mi audire visus sum,

    Plaut. Aul. 4, 5, 4:

    ego rus abituram me esse certo decrevi,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 10: Th. Quid aīs? Py. Atqui certo comperi, id. Eun. 5, 1, 9.—
    b.
    Esp. in the formula of asseveration, certo scio, I certainly know, I am fully persuaded, beyond all doubt (class.):

    certo edepol scio, me vidisse, etc.,

    Plaut. Mil. 2, 3, 2; id. Truc. 1, 1, 49; Ter. And. 5, 4, 26; id. Ad. 4, 5, 14; id. Eun. 1, 2, 119; id. Heaut. 1, 1, 19:

    quod te moleste ferre certo scio,

    Cic. Att. 1, 12, 3; 2, 23, 2; id. Fam. 4, 13, 6; id. Q. Fr. 1, 2, 2, § 6; id. Rosc. Am. 8, 21; id. Phil. 3, 6, 17; id. Sen. 1, 1; 1, 2; Sall. J. 9, 2; id. C. 51, 16:

    veniunt in mentem mihi permulta: vobis plura, certo scio,

    Cic. Caecin. 19, 55 (cf. under certe, I. 2.).—
    B.
    certē (class.; cf. supra, certo init.).
    I.
    Affirming strongly, with certainty, certainly, undoubtedly, assuredly, surely, really.
    1.
    Object.:

    certe edepol, tu me alienabis,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 243:

    ego quidem ab hoc certe exorabo,

    id. Bacch. 5, 2, 58:

    certe hercle,

    id. As. 2, 1, 15; cf. Ter. Phorm. 5, 1, 8; Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 71; Ter. And. 2, 2, 10:

    quom is certe Renuntiarit,

    id. Heaut. 4, 4, 4:

    certe captus est!

    id. And. 1, 1, 55:

    certe ut videamur cernere eum,

    Lucr. 4, 760:

    si enim scit, certe illud eveniet: sin certe eveniet, nulla fortuna est,

    Cic. Div. 2, 7, 18; cf. id. N. D. 1, 2, 5:

    fuit certe id aequum et certe exspectatum est, etc.,

    id. Planc. 16, 38:

    ea certe vera sunt,

    id. Mil. 35, 96:

    M. Catoni certe licuit, etc.,

    id. Rep. 1, 1, 1:

    jam illa perfugia certe minime sunt audienda,

    id. ib. 1, 5, 9:

    cum se certe decessurum videret,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 44, § 104; Cat. 62, 8:

    certe hinc Romanos olim fore ductores pollicitus,

    Verg. A. 1, 234:

    o dea certe,

    a goddess surely, id. ib. 1, 328:

    postremo expellet certe vivacior heres,

    Hor. S. 2, 2, 132:

    placuit tibi, Delphice, certe, Dum, etc.,

    Ov. M. 2, 543 al. — Comp.:

    speculatores mittere, qui certius explorata referant,

    Liv. 3, 40, 13; 35, 48, 3:

    si reperire vocas amittere certius,

    Ov. M. 5, 519; App. M. 2, p. 118, 1.— Sup., Tert. Pall. 4.—
    b.
    In an answer of affirmation:

    estne ipsus an non est! Is est, Certe is est, is est profecto,

    Plaut. Trin. 4, 3, 65; so Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 53; Cic. Tusc. 1, 5, 9; id. Clu. 54, 149; id. Phil. 1, 15, 37; id. Ac. 2, 35, 113; and in confirmation of a preceding fact: venerat, ut opinor, haec res in judicium. Certe, certainly, surely, Cic. Rosc. Com. 14, 42; id. Fam. 4, 2, 5; id. Or. 42, 144; cf. id. Off. 3, 29, 105; id. Fin. 2, 27, 91.—
    2.
    Subject., mostly in the phrase certe scio, I know to a certainty, I am sure (acc. to Klotz ad Cic. Sen. 1, 2, certe scio = certum est me scire, I am fully convinced: certo scio = certum est quod scio, my knowledge is accurate, etc.):

    certe edepol scio, si aliud quicquam est quod credam aut certo sciam, etc.,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 115:

    edepol certo scio,

    id. Bacch. 2, 3, 20:

    scelestiorem me hac anu certe scio Vidisse numquam,

    id. Aul. 1, 1, 21; cf. Cic. Arch. 12, 32:

    ex litteris certe scire potuistis,

    id. Font. 4, 8; id. Phil. 12, 12, 29:

    quod iste certe statuerat ac deliberaverat non adesse,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 1, § 1.—
    b.
    In affirm. answers: Ar. Ain' vero? Le. Certe, inquam, Plaut. As. 3, 3, 132: Ch. Ain'tu? So. Certe, sic erit, Ter. Heaut. 5, 3, 12.—
    c.
    In a subjective supposition or presumption that a thing is so, certainly, surely, assuredly, doubtless, of course; Gr. isôs:

    ah nugas agis, Certe habes,

    Plaut. Aul. 4, 4, 25; id. Bacch. 5, 2, 58:

    si me tanti facis, quanti certe facis,

    Cic. Fam. 11, 16, 3; 7, 8, 1; cf. Verg. A. 1, 234; Ov. M. 2, 423; Prop. 2, 7, 1. —
    (β).
    In interrog., Cic. Leg. 1, 1, 3; Suet. Aug. 33.—
    II.
    Affirming with restriction, yet surely, yet indeed, at least, notwithstanding (very freq. in prose and poetry, esp. after the class. per.).
    A.
    Alone:

    si non ipsā re tibi istuc dolet, Simulare certe est hominis,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 7, 16:

    cingitur, certe expedit se,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 152:

    ut homines mortem vel optare incipiant, vel certe timere desistant,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 49, 117:

    haec... sint falsa sane, invidiosa certe non sunt,

    id. Ac. 2, 32, 105:

    qui... ut non referat pedem, sistet certe,

    id. Phil. 12, 4, 8:

    res fortasse verae, certe graves,

    id. Fin. 4, 3, 7; cf. Liv. 9, 11, 13:

    consulatum unum certe plebis Romanae esse,

    id. 22, 34, 11:

    quos quoniam caeli nondum dignamur honore, Quas dedimus certe terras habitare sinamus,

    Ov. M. 1, 195 et saep.:

    quo quid sit beatius, mihi certe in mentem venire non potest,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 28, 81; so,

    ego certe,

    Quint. 8, 3, 65; 9, 4, 57:

    certe ego,

    Sall. J. 31, 5; Ov. H. 19, 81; id. M. 13, 840; id. Tr. 4, 5, 13:

    mihi certe,

    Quint. 10, 3, 23:

    ipse certe,

    id. 8, 6, 30; Curt. 7, 4, 19; 7, 6, 22.—
    B.
    With other particles.
    1.
    With tamen:

    illud certe tamen, quod jam amplexi sumus,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 6, 22; id. Sen. 23, 84.—
    2.
    With at: quod (consilium) si non fuerit prudens, at certe ab optima fide proficiscetur, Balb. et opp. ap. Cic. Att. 9, 7, A, 1; Ov. F. 3, 351; cf. at II. 3.—
    3.
    With sed: non integrā re, sed certe minus infractā, quam, etc., Att. ap. Cic. Att. 9, 10, 8; cf. Cic. Leg. 1, 21, 56 dub. B. and K. —
    4.
    With quidem:

    ubi sit animus, certe quidem in te est,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 29, 70:

    quoniam volumus quidem certe senes fieri,

    id. Sen. 2, 6; id. Quint. 15, 50:

    certe quidem vos estis Romani, etc.,

    Liv. 45, 22, 5. (But quidem does not belong with certe in such passages as the foll.:

    hic quidem certe memorat, etc.,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 261 al.; v. quidem; cf. also aut and vel.)

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > certus

  • 12 μή

    μή, Elean [full] μά [pron. full] [ᾱ] SIG9.5 (Olympia, vi B.C.). (Cf. Skt.
    A mā´, Arm. mi [from I.-E. mē´], negative used in prohibitions):— not, the negative of the will and thought, as οὐ of fact and statement; μή rejects, οὐ denies; μή is relative, οὐ absolute; μή subjective, οὐ objective. (A few examples of μηδέ and μηδείς have been included.)
    A in INDEPENDENT sentences, used in expressions of will or wish, command, entreaty, warning,
    1 with [tense] pres. imper., 2 pers.,

    μή μ' ἐρέθιζε Il.1.32

    , al.; 3 pers.,

    μή μευ πειράτω 9.345

    , etc.: rarely with [tense] aor. imper.,

    μὴ.. ἔνθεο τιμῇ 4.410

    , cf. Od.24.248; in [dialect] Att.,

    μὴ ψεῦσον, ὦ Ζεῦ, τῆς.. ἐλπίδος Ar.Th. 870

    ; 3 pers.,

    μή τις ἀκουσάτω Od.16.301

    , cf. Pi.O.8.55, P.5.23, A.Th. 1041, S.Aj. 1180;

    μηδεὶς νομισάτω, προσδοκησάτω X.Cyr.7.5.73

    , Pl.Ap. 17c: with [tense] pf. imper. 3 pers.,

    μή τις ὀπίσσω τετράφθω Il.12.272

    ; or 2 pers. when [tense] pf. = [tense] pres.,

    μὴ κεκράγετε Ar. V. 415

    .
    2 with subj. (usu. 2 pers. of [tense] aor.), in prohibitions,

    μὴ δή με.. ἐάσῃς Il.5.684

    , cf. A.Pr. 583 (lyr.), al.; μή τοί με κρύψῃς τοῦτο ib. 625, cf. S.Ph. 470;

    μὴ φθονήσῃς Pl.Prt. 320c

    : coupled with [tense] pres. imper.,

    μὴ βοηθήσητε τῷ πεπονθότι δεινά, μὴ εὐορκεῖτε D.21.211

    ; 3 pers.,

    μὴ.. γένηται Il.4.37

    , cf. Od.22.213;

    μὴ ματεύσῃ θεὸς γενέσθαι Pi.O.5.24

    : rarely, if ever, with 2 pers. [tense] pres. subj.,

    μὴ κάμνῃς E.IA 1143

    (leg. κάμῃς); 3 pers., μή τις οἴηται, = μὴ οἰώμεθα, Pl.Lg. 861e: also with the hortative subj. used to supply the 1 pers. of the imper., [tense] pres. μὴ ἴομεν ([etym.] ἴωμεν) Il.12.216, etc.;

    μὴ διώκωμεν Hdt.8.109

    , etc.: [tense] aor.

    μὴ πάθωμεν X.Cyr.1.5.11

    , etc.: rarely with [ per.] 1sg.,

    μή σε.. κιχείω Il.1.26

    , cf. 21.475, 22.123, S.OC 174 (anap.).
    b with [tense] pres. or [tense] aor. subj. in a warning or statement of fear, μὴ.. γένησθε take care you do not become, Il.5.487; μὴ.. ὑφαίνῃσιν I fear.. may prove to be weaving, Od.5.356;

    αἷμα μὴ σοῖς ἐξομόρξωμαι πέπλοις E.HF 1399

    : in [dialect] Att. Prose, to make a polite suggestion of apprehension or hesitation, perhaps,

    μὴ ἀγροικότερον ᾖ τὸ ἀληθὲς εἰπεῖν Pl.Grg. 462e

    , cf. Tht. 188d, Arist.Pol. 1291a8, al.: in later Greek the ind. is found,

    μὴ ἡ ἔννοια ἡμῶν.. ἀντιλαμβάνεται Dam.Pr.27

    .
    3 with [tense] fut. ind., a dub. usage ( νεμεσήσετ ' is subj. in Il.15.115),

    μηδεμίαν ἄδειαν δώσετε Lys.29.13

    ; μὴ βουλήσεσθε (Pap. βούλη[σθ]ε) D.23.117; cf.

    μαλακὸν ἐνδώσετε μηδέν Ar.Pl. 488

    .
    4 with past tenses of ind. to express an unfulfilled wish,

    μὴ ὄφελες λίσσεσθαι Il.9.698

    , cf. Od. 11.548;

    μή ποτ' ὤφελον λιπεῖν τὴν Σκῦρον S.Ph. 969

    ;

    εἴθε μή ποτ' εἰδόμαν Id.OT 1217

    (lyr.), cf. E.IA70, Cyc. 186, X.Cyr.4.6.3.
    5 with opt. to express a negative wish, with [tense] pres.,

    ἃ μὴ κραίνοι τύχη A.Th. 426

    , cf. Eu. 938 (lyr.): more freq. with [tense] aor.,

    μὴ σέ γ' ἐν ἀμφιάλῳ Ἰθάκῃ βασιλῆα Κρονίων ποιήσειεν Od.1.386

    , cf. 403, 11.613.
    6 in oaths and asseverations,

    ἴστω Ζεὺς.., μὴ μὲν τοῖς ἵπποισιν ἀνὴρ ἐποχήσεται ἄλλος Il.10.330

    ;

    ἴστω νῦν τόδε Γαῖα.., μὴ.. Ποσειδάων.. πημαίνει Τρῶας 15.41

    ;

    μὰ τὴν Ἀφροδίτην.., μὴ ἐγώ σ' ἀφήσω Ar.Ec. 1000

    , cf. Av. 195, Lys. 917.
    8 freq. without a Verb, εἰ χρή, θανοῦμαι. Answ. μὴ σύ γε (sc. θάνῃς) S.OC 1441; ἄπελθε νῦν. Answ. μὴ (sc. γενέσθω) ἀλλά nay but, Ar.Ach. 458; in curt expressions, μὴ τριβὰς ἔτι (sc. ποιεῖσθε) S.Ant. 577; μή μοι σύ none of that to me! E.Med. 964; μή μοι πρόφασιν no excuses! Ar.Ach. 345;

    μή μοί γε μύθους Id.V. 1179

    .
    B in DEPENDENT clauses:
    1 with Final Conjs.,

    ἵνα μή Il.19.348

    , etc.;

    ὅπως μή D.27.5

    ,al.;

    ὡς μή Il.8.37

    , A.Pr.53,al.;

    ὄφρα μή Il. 1.118

    ,al.: with ὅπως ἄν and ὡς ἄν, that so,

    ὅπως ἂν.. μηδέ Ar.V. 178

    , Pl.Grg. 481a;

    ὡς ἂν μή Od.4.749

    , Hdt.1.5; but
    b μή alone, = ἵνα μή, lest,

    ἀπόστιχε μή τινοήσῃ Ἥρη Il.1.522

    , cf. 587;

    λίσσεσθαι.., μή οἱ.. χολώσαιτο φρένα κούρη Od.6.147

    : [tense] fut. ind. and [tense] aor. subj. in consecutive clauses, Ar.Ec. 495 (lyr., dub.l.).
    2 in the protasis of conditional sentences, v. εἰ (for the exceptions v. οὐ), and with temporal conjunctions used conditionally, v. ἐπειδάν, ὅταν, ὅτε, etc.
    3 in later Gr., with causal Conjs.,

    ὁ μὴ πιστεύων ἤδη κέκριται, ὅτι μὴ πεπίστευκεν Ev.Jo.3.18

    , cf. Luc.DMort.21.2, D Deor.2.1;

    ἐπεὶ μή Id.Hist.Conscr.3

    , etc.: also after ὅτι and ὡς that,

    ὅτι μὴ ἐστὶν ἐπίπεδος οὕτως ἂν καταμάθοιμεν Cleom.1.8

    , cf. Luc.Hist.Conscr.29, DDeor.20.10.
    5 c. inf.,
    a regularlyfrom Homer on, exc. after Verbs of saying and thinking (but v. infr. c): after ὥστε or

    ὡς, ὥστε μὴ φρονεῖν A.Pers. 725

    (troch.), etc. (for exceptions v. οὐ): always when the inf. takes the Art.,

    τὸ μὴ προμαθεῖν Pi.O.8.60

    ;

    τὸ μὴ ἀμελεῖν μάθε A. Eu.86

    , cf. 749, Pr. 624;

    λείπομαι ἐν τῷ μὴ δύνασθαι S.OC 496

    .
    b by an apparent pleonasm after Verbs of negative result signifying to forbid, deny, and the like ,

    ὁ δ' ἀναίνετο μηδὲν ἑλέσθαι Il.18.500

    (without μή ib. 450);

    ἀντιδικεῖν Lys.6.12

    ([etym.] μηδέν)

    ; ἀντιλέγειν Th.5.49

    , Is.4.15 ([etym.] μηδέ)

    ; ἀπαγορεύειν Antipho 5.34

    , And.4.9;

    ἀπειπεῖν Ar.Av. 557

    , D.33.19, etc.;

    ἀπαυδᾶν Ar.Eq. 1072

    ;

    ἀπείργειν E.Hel. 1559

    , al. (without

    μή S.Aj.70

    );

    ἀπιστεῖν Th.4.40

    ;

    ἀπεγνωκέναι Lys.1.34

    ;

    ἀποστερεῖσθαι Antipho 2.4.1

    ([etym.] μηδέ)

    ; ἀποτρέπεσθαι Id.5.32

    ([etym.] μηδέν) ; ἀρνεῖσθαι, ἔξαρνος εἶναι, Ar.Eq. 572, Hdt.3.67;

    ἐναντιωθῆναι Pl.Ap. 32b

    ;

    σχεῖν Hdt.1.158

    ; παύειν (where the part. is more freq.) Ar.Ach. 634;

    κωλῦσαι E.Ph. 1269

    ;

    ἐπάρατον ἦν μὴ οἰκεῖν Th.2.17

    : in these cases the Art. freq. precedes

    μή, τὸ δὲ μὴ λεηλατῆσαι.. ἔσχε τόδε Hdt.5.101

    ; ἐξομῇ τὸ μὴ εἰδέναι; S.Ant. 535; εἴργειν τὸ μή .. Th.3.1, etc.; also

    ἀπέφυγε τὰ σφῷν τὸ μὴ πίτνειν κακῶς S.OC 1740

    (lyr.): with Art. in gen., ἔχειν τοῦ μή .. X.An.3.5.71; ἐμποδὼν γίγνεσθαι τοῦ μή .. Id.Cyr.2.4.23.
    c after Verbs of saying and thinking which involve an action of will, as in those signifying to swear, aver, believe, and the like ; so after ὄμνυμι, Il.9.133, Od.5.179, Hdt.1.165, 2.179, Ar.V. 1047, etc.;

    μαρτυρῶ Lys.7.11

    , D.45.15, etc.;

    ὁμολογῶ Pl.Prt. 336b

    , Smp. 202b, cf. Phd. 93d, etc.;

    ἐγγυῶμαι Pi.O.11(10).18

    , Pl.Prt. 336d;

    πέπεισμαι Id.Ap. 37a

    , etc.;

    πιστεύω And.1.2

    , X.An.1.9.8, etc.: occasionally with other Verbs,

    φημί Id.Mem.1.2.39

    , Pl.Tht. 155a; λέγω, προλέγω, Th. 5.49, 1.139; πάντες ἐροῦσι μή .. X. Cyr.7.1.18; νομίζω ib.7.5.59, Th.6.102;

    ἡγοῦμαι Pl.Ap. 27d

    : very freq. in later Gr., Ev.Matt.2.12, Luc. Peregr.44, etc.
    6 with the part., when it can be resolved into a conditional clause, μὴ ἐνείκας, = εἰ μὴ ἤνεικε, Hdt.4.64; μὴ θέλων, = εἰ μὴ θέλεις, A.Pr. 504; μὴ δολώσαντος θεοῦ, = εἰ μὴ ἐδόλωσε, Id.Ag. 273; μὴ δρῶν, = εἰ μὴ δρῴην, S.OT77, etc.: in a general or characteristic sense, δίδασκέ με ὡς μὴ εἰδότα, = ut qui nihil sciam, Id.OC 1155, cf. Ant. 1063, 1064; τίς πρὸς ἀνδρὸς μὴ βλέποντος ἄρκεσις; one who sees not, Id.OC73: in this signf. freq. with the Art.,

    ὁ μὴ λεύσσων Id.Tr. 828

    (lyr.);

    ὁ μὴ δουλεύσας Pl.Lg. 762e

    ;

    τῷ μὴ εἰργασμένῳ Antipho 5.65

    ;

    τὸν.. μὴ φροντίσαντα Lycurg.27

    , cf. 45, etc.: with causal significance,

    μὴ παρὼν θαυμάζεται S.OT 289

    , etc.;

    ἄθλια πάσχω μὴ.. μόνον βιαζόμενος Antipho 2.2.4

    ;

    ἑτέρας μηδεμιᾶς ὁμολογουμένης εἶναι Is.5.16

    ;

    μηδενὸς ἐμποδὼν ὄντος D.3.8

    : very freq. in later Greek, POxy.38.16 (i A.D.), Luc.DMeretr.12.4, etc.: occasionally after Verbs of knowing and showing, S.Ph.79, OC 656, 797, 1122, E.Tr. 970, Th.1.76, 2.17.
    7 with Substs., Adjs., and Advbs. used generically, with or without Art.,

    τὰ μὴ δίκαια A.Eu. 432

    ;

    δίκαια καὶ μὴ δίκαια Id.Ch.78

    (lyr.);

    τὸ μὴ 'νδικον S.OT 682

    (lyr.);

    τὸ μὴ καλόν Id.Ant. 370

    (lyr.); ἡ μὴ 'μπειρία, = τὸ μὴ ἔχειν ἐμπειρίαν, want of experience, Ar.Ec. 115;

    ἡ μὴ ἐπιτροπή Pl.Lg. 966c

    ; δῆμον καὶ μὴ δῆμον ib. 759b;

    ὁ μὴ ἰατρός Id.Grg. 459b

    ;

    νίκης μὴ κακῆς A.Eu. 903

    , cf. Th. 411;

    τῷ φρονοῦντι μὴ καλῶς Id.Pr. 1012

    , cf. Ag. 349, 927.
    a when the thing feared is [tense] fut., mostly with subj.: with [tense] pres. subj., δεινῶς ἀθυμῶ μὴ βλέπων ὁ μάντις ᾖ shall proveto be.., S.OT 747, cf.Ant. 1113;

    ὅρα μὴ κυβεύῃς Pl.Prt. 314a

    : more freq. with [tense] aor.,

    δείδοικα.. μή σε παρείπῃ Il. 1.555

    , cf. 9.244, 13.745: with [tense] pf., shall prove to have been,

    δέδοικα μὴ περαιτέρω πεπραγμέν' ᾖ μοι S. Tr. 663

    , cf. Ph. 494, Hdt.3.119,4.140, etc.: less freq. with [tense] fut. ind., X.Cyr.2.3.6, Ar.Ec. 488, Pl.Phlb. 13a: with opt. according to the sequence of moods and tenses: [tense] pres. opt., S. Tr. 482, X.An.1.10.9: [tense] aor., Od.11.634, etc.: [tense] pf., X.Cyr.1.3.10: with [tense] fut. opt. in oratio obliqua, Id.HG6.4.27, Mem.1.2.7, Pl.Euthphr. 15d: with opt. and ἄν, S.Tr. 631, X.vect.4.41.
    c with ind. and subj. in consecutive clauses, E.Ph.93.
    C in QUESTIONS:
    I direct questions,
    1 with ind., where aneg. answer is anticipated (but more generally in A.Ag. 683 (lyr.), S.OC 1502, Tr. 316, Pl.Grg. 488b), in Hom. only ἦ μή .. ; Od.6.200, 9.405; μή σοι δοκοῦμεν .. ; A.Pers. 344, cf. Pr. 249, 959, etc.: in Trag. and [dialect] Att. freq. ἆρα μή; Id.Th. 208, S.El. 446, Pl.R. 405a: for questions in which μή ([etym.] μηδέ ) follows οὐ, v. οὐ μή.
    b in other questions, τί μὴ ποιήσω; what am I not to do? S.El. 1276 (lyr.); τί μή; why not? Id.Aj. 668 (s.v.l.); cf. μήν
    2 with subj., when the speaker deliberates about a neg. action, μὴ οὕτω φῶμεν; Pl.R. 335c, cf. 337b, 417b; ὁ τοιοῦτος μὴ δῷ δίκην; D.21.35; πῶς μὴ φῶμεν; Pl.Tht. 161e: with opt. and ἄν, πῶς ἄν τις μὴ θυμῷ λέγοι; how can a man help being excited when he speaks? Id.Lg. 887c, cf. Grg. 510d, X. Mem.3.1.10.
    II indirect questions, freq. with Verbs implying fear and apprehension (cf. B. 8),

    ὄφρα ἴδωμεν μὴ τοὶ κοιμήσωνται Il.10.98

    , cf. 101, Od.21.395;

    περισκοπῶ μή πού τις.. ἐγχρίμπτει S.El. 898

    , cf. Th.2.13, etc.; also σκοπεῖσθαι πῶς ἂν μή .. Isoc.5.8, cf. 15.6; later in simple indirect questions,

    ἐπυνθάνετο μὴ ἔγνω Ant.Lib.23.5

    .
    2 in questions introduced by

    εἰ, ἤρετό με.. εἰ μὴ μέμνημαι Aeschin.2.36

    ( εἰ οὐκ in same sense, 1.84): in the second part of a disjunctive question, εἰ.. ἢ (or εἴτε) μή.., εἴτε.. εἴτε μή .., A.Eu. 468, 612, And.1.7, Pl.Ap. 18a, R. 457d, X.Cyr.2.1.7; εἴτε.. εἴτε μή.., εἰ.. ἢ οὔ, εἰ.. ἢ μή without difference of meaning between μή and οὐ, Is.8.9; so also,

    τοὺς νόμους καταμανθάνειν εἰ καλῶς κεῖνται ἢ μή,.. τοὺς λόγους, εἰ ὀρθῶς διδάσκουσι τὸ πρᾶγμα ἢ οὔ Antipho 5.14

    .
    D POSITION of μή. When the neg. extends its power over the whole clause, μή prop. precedes the Verb. When its force is limited to single words, it precedes those words. But Poets sts. put μή after the Verb,

    ὄλοιο μή πω S.Ph. 961

    ; φράσῃς.. μὴ πέρα ib. 332, cf. OC 1522.
    2 μή is sts. repeated,

    μή, μή καλέσῃς Ar.V. 1418

    , cf. S. Aj. 190, OC 210 (both lyr.).
    E PROSODY: in Trag. μή may be joined by synizesis with a following ει or ου, μὴ οὐ, μὴ εἰδέναι, S.OT13, 221, Tr. 321, etc.: initial ε after μή is cut off by aphaeresis,

    μὴ 'πὁθουν Id.Aj. 962

    ;

    μὴ 'μβαίνῃς Id.OC 400

    ;

    μὴ 'γώ Id.Ph. 910

    : in Prose,

    μὴ 'κ IG12.115.11

    : μή folld. by α is sts. written μἀ .. (v. μὴ ἀλλά, etc.); sts. separately,

    μὴ ἀδικεῖν A.Eu.85

    , etc.
    F μή in COMPOSITION, or joined with other Particles, as μὴ ἀλλά, μὴ γάρ, μὴ οὐ, μὴ ὅπως or ὅτι, μή ποτε, etc., will be found in alphabetical order.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > μή

  • 13 liability

    ˌlaɪəˈbɪlɪtɪ сущ.
    1) а) ответственность, обязательства( for) to accept, acknowledge, assume, incur, take on a liability ≈ принимать( на себя), нести ответственность We assumed full liability for our children's debts. ≈ Мы несем полную ответственность за долги наших детей. Your employer's liability does not cover accidents that you have on your way to work. ≈ Обязательства вашего работодателя не распространяются на несчастные случаи, которые происходят с вами по пути на работу. He denies any liability for the cost of the court case. ≈ Он отрицает какие-либо обязательства по судебным издержкам. full liability ≈ полная ответственность limited liabilityограниченная ответственность Syn: responsibility, amenability б) обязанность liability to pay taxesобязанность платить налоги Syn: duty
    2) обыкн. мн. долг, задолженность;
    платежное обязательство The business has liabilities of 2 million dollars. ≈ Фирма имеет задолженность в 2 миллиона долларов. liability of indemnity discharge a liability
    3) подверженность, склонность, предрасположенность liability to depression ≈ склонность к депрессиям Syn: inclination, disposition
    4) помеха;
    источник неприятностей;
    обуза The computer breaks down so often, I think it's more of a liability than a help. ≈ Компьютер так часто ломается, что это скорее помеха, чем помощник в работе. Her husband is a bit of a liability around the house - he is always breaking things. ≈ Ее муж просто обуза в доме, он все время что-нибудь ломает. Syn: hindrance, drawback обязанность или необходимость (делать что-л.) - * to pay taxes обязанность платить налоги - * for military service, * to carry arms обязанность отбывать воинскую повинность ответственность - * for damages ответственность за убытки - absolute * (коммерческое) неограниченная ответственность - criminal * (юридическое) уголовная ответственность обязательство - * of indemnity обязательство возместить убытки - to incur liabilities взять на себя обязательства в отношении чего-л. долги, денежные обязательства, задолженность - profit tax liabilities (американизм) налог на доходы корпораций - to meet one's liabilities покрыть свою задолженность склонность;
    подверженность, предрасположение( к чему-л.) - * to colds склонность к простудам - * to error подверженность ошибкам помеха, препятствие - he's a * at our party для нашей компании он обуза absolute ~ безусловная ответственность accessorial ~ дополнительная ответственность account ~ финансовые обязательства architect's ~ ответственность архитектора assume a ~ брать на себя ответственность assume a ~ принимать обязательство banking ~ ответственность банка cargo ~ ответственность за груз carrier ~ ответственность перевозчика carrier's ~ ответственность транспортного агентства civil ~ гражданская ответственность clause limiting ~ оговорка об ограничении ответственности collateral joint ~ дополнительное совокупное обязательство contest ~ оспаривать ответственность contingent ~ условная обязанность contingent ~ условное обязательство contingent tax ~ скрытое налогообложение contractor's ~ ответственность стороны в договоре contractual ~ ответственность по договору corporate ~ коллективная ответственность criminal corporate ~ уголовная ответственность юридического лица criminal ~ уголовная ответственность cross ~ взаимная ответственность cumulative ~ совокупная ответственность debt ~ долговое обязательство deferred tax ~ отсроченные обязательства по налоговым платежам direct ~ безусловная ответственность direct ~ непосредственная ответственность directors' ~ ответственность директоров directors' ~ ответственность членов правления to discharge a ~ выполнить обязательство;
    current liabilities краткосрочные обязательства disclaim ~ отказываться от обязательства dual ~ двойная ответственность employer's ~ ответственность работодателя endorsement ~ обязательство по индоссаменту enter as ~ заносить в пассив escape ~ избегать ответственности exemption from tax ~ освобождение от задолженности по налоговым платежам fault ~ ответственность за небрежность foreign currency ~ обязательства в иностранной валюте foreign ~ внешняя задолженность forward ~ срочное обязательство freedom from ~ свобода от ответственности full ~ полная ответственность government ~ страх. ответственность правительства guarantee ~ гарантийное обязательство incur a ~ нести ответственность indemnification ~ ответственность за возмещение ущерба indemnity ~ ответственность по возмещению вреда, ущерба, убытков indirect ~ косвенная ответственность indirect ~ непрямая ответственность insurance ~ страховая ответственность joint and several ~ ответственность совместно и порознь, солидарная ответственность landlord's ~ ответственность владельца недвижимости latent tax ~ скрытая задолженность по налоговым платежам legal ~ ответственность перед законом legal ~ правовая ответственность legal ~ судебная ответственность liability долг ~ необходимость ~ обязанность ~ (обыкн. pl) обязательство, задолженность, долг ~ обязательство ~ ответственность ~ пассив (правая сторона бухгалтерского баланса) ~ подверженность, склонность;
    liability to disease склонность к заболеванию ~ помеха ~ склонность ~ for defects ответственность за дефекты ~ for maintenance обязанность платить алименты ~ for maintenance обязанность предоставлять средства к существованию ~ for maitenance ответственность за содержание, ответственность за поддержку, ответственность за уход ~ for negligence ответственность за небрежность ~ in accordance with writing ответственность в соответствии с документом ~ in tort ответственность за гражданское правонарушение tort: liability in ~ гражданская ответственность ~ of indemnity обязательство возместить убытки ~ of producer ответственность производителя ~ to accept delivery обязанность принимать поставляемую продукцию ~ to be fined обязанность платить штраф ~ подверженность, склонность;
    liability to disease склонность к заболеванию ~ to duty обязанность платить пошлину ~ to keep books обязанность вести бухгалтерские книги ~ to pay damages обязанность платить за ущерб ~ to tax обязанность платить налог limited ~ ограниченная ответственность limited tax ~ ограниченное налогообложение long-term ~ долгосрочное обязательство maintenance ~ ответственность за содержание maintenance ~ ответственность за техническое обслуживание maximum ~ максимальная ответственность official ~ служебная ответственность operator ~ ответственность владельца owners' ~ ответственность владельца partial ~ неполная ответственность pension ~ право на пенсию personal debt ~ личная ответственность по долгам personal ~ личная ответственность;
    персональная ответственность personal ~ персональная ответственность primary ~ основная ответственность primary ~ первичное обязательство pro rata ~ пропорциональная ответственность producer's ~ ответственность производителя product ~ ответственность за качество выпускаемой продукции professional ~ профессиональная ответственность property ~ имущественная ответственность property owner's ~ обязательства собственника proportional ~ пропорциональная ответственность public ~ государственная ответственность release from ~ освобождение от ответственности secured ~ обеспеченное обязательство separate ~ особая ответственность several ~ обязательство с ответственностью должников порознь shipowner's ~ ответственность судовладельца single ~ безусловное денежное обязательство strict ~ безусловное обязательство strict ~ безусловный долг strict ~ строгая ответственность subjective ~ личная ответственность tax ~ задолженность по налоговым платежам tax ~ налогообложение tax ~ фискальные обязательства third party ~ ответственность перед третьей стороной third party ~ ответственность перед третьим лицом trade ~ торговое обязательство uncovered ~ невыполненное обязательство unlimited ~ неограниченная ответственность unlimited tax ~ неограниченное налогообложение valuation ~ ответственность за оценку стоимости vicarious ~ ответственность за чужую вину vicarious ~ субститутивная ответственность

    Большой англо-русский и русско-английский словарь > liability

  • 14 В-327

    ВСЁ РАВНО ( Invar fixed WO
    1. \В-327 (кому). Also: ВСЁ ОДНО (ЕДИНО) substand ( subj-compl with copula ( subj: это or a clause) or impers predic with copula) (may refer to the subjective reaction, desire etc of the person involved, or to objective reality) (the difference, if any, between two or more expressed or implied options is) unimportant (to s.o.), of little or no significance (to s.o.): X-y все равно - iteall the same (toX)
    it comes to the same thing it doesn't make any difference (to X) it doesn't matter (to X) X doesn't care (in limited contexts) X is past caring.
    Будет говорить русский? He всё ли равно? Пусть (Федин 1). A Russian will speak? Isn't it all the same? Let him (1 a).
    «...Все мы, что человеки, что скоты - всё едино все помрем и все к чертовой матери пойдем!» (Салтыков-Щедрин 1). "Whether we're men or beasts, it comes to the same thing: we shall all die and go to the Devil!" (1b).
    Может быть, вы мне, господин профессор, хотя описание вашей камеры дадите? - заискивающе и скорбно говорил механический человек, - ведь вам теперь всё равно...» (Булгаков 10). "Perhaps, Mr Professor, you would give me at least a description of your chamber?" the mechanical man said ingratiatingly and mournfully. "After all, it makes no difference to you now..." (10b).
    Ax, какая тебе разница, кто он... не всё ли равно! (Битов 2). Oh, what do you care who it was-what does it matter! (2a).
    Дети так не говорят. Это даже не грубость, это - жестокость, и даже не жестокость, а просто ей всё равно» (Стругацкие 1). "Children don't talk like that. It's not even rudeness, it's cruelty, no, not even cruelty-she simply doesn't care" (1a).
    «История показала, что специалисты могут ошибаться. Партия - никогда». По бесстрастному лицу помощника Марлен Михайлович понял, что в этот момент он слегка пережал, прозвучал слегка - не-совсем-в-ту-степь, но ему как-то уже было все равно (Аксёнов 7). "History has shown that experts make mistakes. The Party never makes mistakes." The blank face of the Important Personage's assistant told him (Marlen Mikhailovich) that this time he had gone a bit too far, but by now he was past caring (7a).
    2. Also: ВСЁ ОДНО (ЕДИНО) substand
    adv
    under any circumstances, regardless of what happens
    in any case (event)
    whatever happens (in limited contexts) one way or another anyway all the same (with a negated verb) there is no way (that s.o. will do sth. (that sth. will happen etc)).
    Когда Маяна выходила замуж, городской родственник тайно, через людей передал подарок для Маяны... Подарок... был богатый, и тётя Маша... переправила его дочери. Дочка не приняла ничего, велев передать матери, что туфли ей... малы, а подарок она всё равно брать не будет (Искандер 4)....When Mayana got married, the city relative secretly sent a present for her, through other people....It was a rich gift, and Aunt Masha...forwarded it to her daughter. The daughter accepted nothing, returning a message to her mother that the shoes were too small for her, and she would not take the present in any case (4a).
    «Всё равно (Марченко) даст отпечатки (пальцев), не добром, так силой. Заковать его в наручники — и катай!» (Марченко 2). "One way or another, willing or not, we'll get his (Marchenko's) fingerprints. Put the cuffs on him and let's go!" (2a).
    Полесов стоял в очередях главным образом из принципа. Денег у него не было, и купить он всё равно ничего не мог (Ильф и Петров 1). Polesov stood in line chiefly for reasons of principle. He had no money, so he could not buy anything, anyway (1a).
    3. (Particle) despite some (indicated or implied) circumstances
    all the same
    nevertheless nonetheless still.
    Кладбище напоминало карликовый город... Возле нескольких могил стояли табуретки с вином и закуской... Я знал, что это такой обычай, приносить на могилу еду и питьё, но всё равно сделалось еще страшнее (Искандер 6). The cemetery resembled a city of dwarfs....I noticed several small stools on which food and wine had been placed....I had heard of the custom of offering up food and drink to the dead, but nonetheless the sight of these stools frightened me all the more (6a).
    «Теперь уж и без офицера всё кончено, хотя бы и не явился он вовсе, то всё равно всё было бы кончено...» (Достоевский 1). "It's all finished now, even without the officer, even if he hadn't come at all, it would still be finished..." (1a).

    Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > В-327

  • 15 все едино

    [Invar; fixed WO]
    =====
    1. все едино (кому). Also: ВСЕ ОДНО < ЕДИНО> substand [subj-compl with copula (subj: это or a clause) or impers predic with copula]
    (may refer to the subjective reaction, desire etc of the person involved, or to objective reality) (the difference, if any, between two or more expressed or implied options is) unimportant (to s.o.), of little or no significance (to s.o.):
    - [in limited contexts] X is past caring.
         ♦ Будет говорить русский? Не всё ли равно? Пусть( Федин 1). A Russian will speak? Isn't it all the same? Let him (1a).
         ♦ "...Все мы, что человеки, что скоты - всё едино; все помрем и все к чертовой матери пойдем!" (Салтыков-Щедрин 1). "Whether we're men or beasts, it comes to the same thing: we shall all die and go to the Devil!" (1b).
         ♦ "Может быть, вы мне, господин профессор, хотя описание вашей камеры дадите? - заискивающе и скороно говорил механический человек, - ведь вам теперь всё равно..." (Булгаков 10). "Perhaps, Mr Professor, you would give me at least a description of your chamber?" the mechanical man said ingratiatingly and mournfully. "After all, it makes no difference to you now..." (10b).
    ♦ Ax, какая тебе разница, кто он... не всё ли равно! (Битов 2). Oh, what do you care who it was-what does it matter! (2a).
         ♦ "Дети так не говорят. Это даже не грубость, это - жестокость, и даже не жестокость, а просто ей всё равно" (Стругацкие 1). "Children don't talk like that. It's not even rudeness, it's cruelty, no, not even cruelty-she simply doesn't care" (1a).
         ♦ "История показала, что специалисты могут ошибаться. Партия - никогда". По бесстрастному лицу помощника Марлен Михайлович понял, что в этот момент он слегка пережал, прозвучал слегка - не-совсем-в-ту-степь, но ему как-то уже было все равно (Аксёнов 7). "History has shown that experts make mistakes. The Party never makes mistakes." The blank face of the Important Personage's assistant told him [Marlen Mikhailovich] that this time he had gone a bit too far, but by now he was past caring (7a).
    2. Also: ВСЕ ОДНО (ЕДИНО) substand [adv]
    under any circumstances, regardless of what happens:
    - [in limited contexts] one way or another;
    - [with a negated verb] there is no way (that s.o. will do sth. <that sth. will happen etc>).
         ♦ Когда Маяна выходила замуж, городской родственник тайно, через людей передал подарок для Маяны... Подарок... был богатый, и тётя Маша... переправила его дочери. Дочка не приняла ничего, велев передать матери, что туфли ей... малы, а подарок она всё равно брать не будет (Искандер 4)....When Mayana got married, the city relative secretly sent a present for her, through other people....It was a rich gift, and Aunt Masha...forwarded it to her daughter. The daughter accepted nothing, returning a message to her mother that the shoes were too small for her, and she would not take the present in any case (4a).
         ♦ " Всё равно [Марченко] даст отпечатки [ пальцев], не добром, так силой. Заковать его в наручники - и катай!" (Марченко 2). "One way or another, willing or not, we'll get his [Marchenko's] fingerprints. Put the cuffs on him and let's go!" (2a).
         ♦ Полесов стоял в очередях главным образом из принципа. Денег у него не было, и купить он всё равно ничего не мог (Ильф и Петров 1). Polesov stood in line chiefly for reasons of principle. He had no money, so he could not buy anything, anyway (1a).
    3. [Particle]
    despite some (indicated or implied) circumstances:
    - still.
         ♦ Кладбище напоминало карликовый город... Возле нескольких могил стояли табуретки с вином и закуской... Я знал, что это такой обычай, приносить на могилу еду и питьё, но всё равно сделалось еще страшнее (Искандер 6). The cemetery resembled a city of dwarfs....I noticed several small stools on which food and wine had been placed....I had heard of the custom of offering up food and drink to the dead, but nonetheless the sight of these stools frightened me all the more (6a).
         ♦ "Теперь уж и без офицера всё кончено, хотя бы и не явился он вовсе, то всё равно всё было бы кончено..." (Достоевский 1). "It's all finished now, even without the officer, even if he hadn't come at all, it would still be finished..." (1a).

    Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > все едино

  • 16 все одно

    [Invar; fixed WO]
    =====
    1. все одно (кому). Also: ВСЕ ОДНО < ЕДИНО> substand [subj-compl with copula (subj: это or a clause) or impers predic with copula]
    (may refer to the subjective reaction, desire etc of the person involved, or to objective reality) (the difference, if any, between two or more expressed or implied options is) unimportant (to s.o.), of little or no significance (to s.o.):
    - [in limited contexts] X is past caring.
         ♦ Будет говорить русский? Не всё ли равно? Пусть( Федин 1). A Russian will speak? Isn't it all the same? Let him (1a).
         ♦ "...Все мы, что человеки, что скоты - всё едино; все помрем и все к чертовой матери пойдем!" (Салтыков-Щедрин 1). "Whether we're men or beasts, it comes to the same thing: we shall all die and go to the Devil!" (1b).
         ♦ "Может быть, вы мне, господин профессор, хотя описание вашей камеры дадите? - заискивающе и скороно говорил механический человек, - ведь вам теперь всё равно..." (Булгаков 10). "Perhaps, Mr Professor, you would give me at least a description of your chamber?" the mechanical man said ingratiatingly and mournfully. "After all, it makes no difference to you now..." (10b).
    ♦ Ax, какая тебе разница, кто он... не всё ли равно! (Битов 2). Oh, what do you care who it was-what does it matter! (2a).
         ♦ "Дети так не говорят. Это даже не грубость, это - жестокость, и даже не жестокость, а просто ей всё равно" (Стругацкие 1). "Children don't talk like that. It's not even rudeness, it's cruelty, no, not even cruelty-she simply doesn't care" (1a).
         ♦ "История показала, что специалисты могут ошибаться. Партия - никогда". По бесстрастному лицу помощника Марлен Михайлович понял, что в этот момент он слегка пережал, прозвучал слегка - не-совсем-в-ту-степь, но ему как-то уже было все равно (Аксёнов 7). "History has shown that experts make mistakes. The Party never makes mistakes." The blank face of the Important Personage's assistant told him [Marlen Mikhailovich] that this time he had gone a bit too far, but by now he was past caring (7a).
    2. Also: ВСЕ ОДНО (ЕДИНО) substand [adv]
    under any circumstances, regardless of what happens:
    - [in limited contexts] one way or another;
    - [with a negated verb] there is no way (that s.o. will do sth. <that sth. will happen etc>).
         ♦ Когда Маяна выходила замуж, городской родственник тайно, через людей передал подарок для Маяны... Подарок... был богатый, и тётя Маша... переправила его дочери. Дочка не приняла ничего, велев передать матери, что туфли ей... малы, а подарок она всё равно брать не будет (Искандер 4)....When Mayana got married, the city relative secretly sent a present for her, through other people....It was a rich gift, and Aunt Masha...forwarded it to her daughter. The daughter accepted nothing, returning a message to her mother that the shoes were too small for her, and she would not take the present in any case (4a).
         ♦ " Всё равно [Марченко] даст отпечатки [ пальцев], не добром, так силой. Заковать его в наручники - и катай!" (Марченко 2). "One way or another, willing or not, we'll get his [Marchenko's] fingerprints. Put the cuffs on him and let's go!" (2a).
         ♦ Полесов стоял в очередях главным образом из принципа. Денег у него не было, и купить он всё равно ничего не мог (Ильф и Петров 1). Polesov stood in line chiefly for reasons of principle. He had no money, so he could not buy anything, anyway (1a).
    3. [Particle]
    despite some (indicated or implied) circumstances:
    - still.
         ♦ Кладбище напоминало карликовый город... Возле нескольких могил стояли табуретки с вином и закуской... Я знал, что это такой обычай, приносить на могилу еду и питьё, но всё равно сделалось еще страшнее (Искандер 6). The cemetery resembled a city of dwarfs....I noticed several small stools on which food and wine had been placed....I had heard of the custom of offering up food and drink to the dead, but nonetheless the sight of these stools frightened me all the more (6a).
         ♦ "Теперь уж и без офицера всё кончено, хотя бы и не явился он вовсе, то всё равно всё было бы кончено..." (Достоевский 1). "It's all finished now, even without the officer, even if he hadn't come at all, it would still be finished..." (1a).

    Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > все одно

  • 17 все равно

    [Invar; fixed WO]
    =====
    1. все равно (кому). Also: ВСЕ ОДНО < ЕДИНО> substand [subj-compl with copula (subj: это or a clause) or impers predic with copula]
    (may refer to the subjective reaction, desire etc of the person involved, or to objective reality) (the difference, if any, between two or more expressed or implied options is) unimportant (to s.o.), of little or no significance (to s.o.):
    - X-y все равно it'sallthesame(toX);
    - [in limited contexts] X is past caring.
         ♦ Будет говорить русский? Не всё ли равно? Пусть( Федин 1). A Russian will speak? Isn't it all the same? Let him (1a).
         ♦ "...Все мы, что человеки, что скоты - всё едино; все помрем и все к чертовой матери пойдем!" (Салтыков-Щедрин 1). "Whether we're men or beasts, it comes to the same thing: we shall all die and go to the Devil!" (1b).
         ♦ "Может быть, вы мне, господин профессор, хотя описание вашей камеры дадите? - заискивающе и скороно говорил механический человек, - ведь вам теперь всё равно..." (Булгаков 10). "Perhaps, Mr Professor, you would give me at least a description of your chamber?" the mechanical man said ingratiatingly and mournfully. "After all, it makes no difference to you now..." (10b).
    ♦ Ax, какая тебе разница, кто он... не всё ли равно! (Битов 2). Oh, what do you care who it was-what does it matter! (2a).
         ♦ "Дети так не говорят. Это даже не грубость, это - жестокость, и даже не жестокость, а просто ей всё равно" (Стругацкие 1). "Children don't talk like that. It's not even rudeness, it's cruelty, no, not even cruelty-she simply doesn't care" (1a).
         ♦ "История показала, что специалисты могут ошибаться. Партия - никогда". По бесстрастному лицу помощника Марлен Михайлович понял, что в этот момент он слегка пережал, прозвучал слегка - не-совсем-в-ту-степь, но ему как-то уже было все равно (Аксёнов 7). "History has shown that experts make mistakes. The Party never makes mistakes." The blank face of the Important Personage's assistant told him [Marlen Mikhailovich] that this time he had gone a bit too far, but by now he was past caring (7a).
    2. Also: ВСЕ ОДНО (ЕДИНО) substand [adv]
    under any circumstances, regardless of what happens:
    - [in limited contexts] one way or another;
    - [with a negated verb] there is no way (that s.o. will do sth. <that sth. will happen etc>).
         ♦ Когда Маяна выходила замуж, городской родственник тайно, через людей передал подарок для Маяны... Подарок... был богатый, и тётя Маша... переправила его дочери. Дочка не приняла ничего, велев передать матери, что туфли ей... малы, а подарок она всё равно брать не будет (Искандер 4)....When Mayana got married, the city relative secretly sent a present for her, through other people....It was a rich gift, and Aunt Masha...forwarded it to her daughter. The daughter accepted nothing, returning a message to her mother that the shoes were too small for her, and she would not take the present in any case (4a).
         ♦ "Всё равно [Марченко] даст отпечатки [ пальцев], не добром, так силой. Заковать его в наручники - и катай!" (Марченко 2). "One way or another, willing or not, we'll get his [Marchenko's] fingerprints. Put the cuffs on him and let's go!" (2a).
         ♦ Полесов стоял в очередях главным образом из принципа. Денег у него не было, и купить он всё равно ничего не мог (Ильф и Петров 1). Polesov stood in line chiefly for reasons of principle. He had no money, so he could not buy anything, anyway (1a).
    3. [Particle]
    despite some (indicated or implied) circumstances:
    - still.
         ♦ Кладбище напоминало карликовый город... Возле нескольких могил стояли табуретки с вином и закуской... Я знал, что это такой обычай, приносить на могилу еду и питьё, но всё равно сделалось еще страшнее (Искандер 6). The cemetery resembled a city of dwarfs....I noticed several small stools on which food and wine had been placed....I had heard of the custom of offering up food and drink to the dead, but nonetheless the sight of these stools frightened me all the more (6a).
         ♦ "Теперь уж и без офицера всё кончено, хотя бы и не явился он вовсе, то всё равно всё было бы кончено..." (Достоевский 1). "It's all finished now, even without the officer, even if he hadn't come at all, it would still be finished..." (1a).

    Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > все равно

  • 18 AT

    I) prep.
    A. with dative.
    I. Of motion;
    1) towards, against;
    Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;
    hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;
    Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;
    þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;
    3) to, at;
    koma at landi, to come to land;
    ganga at dómi, to go into court;
    4) along (= eptir);
    ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;
    dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;
    refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;
    5) denoting hostility;
    renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;
    gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;
    6) around;
    vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;
    bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;
    7) denoting business, engagement;
    ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;
    fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.
    II. Of position, &c.;
    1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;
    at kirkju, at church;
    at dómi, in court;
    at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;
    2) denoting participation in;
    vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;
    3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;
    kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;
    var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;
    4) with proper names of places (farms);
    konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;
    biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;
    at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;
    5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;
    at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;
    at Marðar, at Mara’s home;
    at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;
    at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).
    III. Of time;
    1) at, in;
    at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;
    at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;
    at páskum, at Easter;
    at kveldi, at eventide;
    at fjöru, at the ebb;
    at flœðum, at the floodtide;
    2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;
    at ári komanda, next year;
    at vári, er kemr, next spring;
    generally with ‘komanda’ understood;
    at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;
    3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;
    at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;
    at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;
    at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;
    at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;
    at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;
    at honum önduðum, after his death;
    4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;
    hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;
    skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;
    at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.
    IV. fig. and in various uses;
    1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;
    brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;
    verða at ormi, to become a snake;
    2) for, as;
    gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;
    eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;
    3) by;
    taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;
    draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;
    kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;
    auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;
    vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;
    5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;
    ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;
    6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;
    faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);
    aðili at sök = aðili sakar;
    7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;
    hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;
    mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;
    tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;
    kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;
    8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;
    Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);
    þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;
    hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;
    9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);
    at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;
    at landslögum, by the law of the land;
    at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;
    10) in adverbial phrases;
    gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;
    bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;
    at fullu, fully;
    at vísu, surely;
    at frjálsu, freely;
    at eilífu, for ever and ever;
    at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;
    at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;
    at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.
    B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);
    sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;
    at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;
    connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;
    at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.
    1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;
    at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;
    2) in an objective sense;
    hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;
    gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;
    3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).
    1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;
    hón grét at meir, she wept the more;
    þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;
    þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;
    2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);
    þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;
    sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.
    conj., that;
    1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;
    þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;
    vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;
    2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;
    svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;
    3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);
    4) since, because, as (= því at);
    5) connected with þó, því, svá;
    þó at (with subj.), though, although;
    því at, because, for;
    svá at, so that;
    6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;
    þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;
    þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;
    áðr at (= á. en), before;
    7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;
    Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;
    in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.
    V)
    negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.
    odda at, Yggs at, battle.
    * * *
    1.
    and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is (); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.
    Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.
    WITH DAT.
    A. LOC.
    I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:
    1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.
    2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.
    3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)
    4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.
    5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.
    β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.
    6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.
    β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.
    γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.
    7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.
    β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.
    8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.
    β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.
    II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.
    2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.
    3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:
    α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.
    β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.
    γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.
    4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.
    5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.
    6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.
    β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.
    γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.
    7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.
    B. TEMP.
    I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.
    II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.
    β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.
    III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:
    1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,
    2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.
    IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:
    1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.
    2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.
    3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.
    V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.
    2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.
    C. METAPH. and in various cases:
    I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:
    α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.
    β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.
    II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.
    2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.
    III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.
    IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.
    2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)
    3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.
    4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.
    5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.
    6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.
    β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.
    V. denoting the source of a thing:
    1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.
    2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.
    VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.
    VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.
    VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.
    β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.
    IX. following many words:
    1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.
    β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …
    γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.
    δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.
    2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.
    3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.
    WITH ACC.
    TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.
    ☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.
    2.
    and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.
    I. it is used either,
    1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,
    2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.
    β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).
    3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.
    II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:
    α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.
    β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.
    γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.
    δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.
    ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.
    ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.
    η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.
    θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.
    3.
    and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.
    I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.
    II. it is used,
    1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.
    2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.
    β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.
    γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.
    III. used in connection with conjunctions,
    1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.
    α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yetthough, Lat. attamenetsi, K. Þ. K.
    β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.
    γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.
    2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.
    IV. as a relat. conj.:
    1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.
    2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.
    V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.
    4.
    and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.
    5.
    n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.
    β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.
    6.
    the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT

  • 19 ÁT

    I) prep.
    A. with dative.
    I. Of motion;
    1) towards, against;
    Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;
    hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;
    Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;
    þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;
    3) to, at;
    koma at landi, to come to land;
    ganga at dómi, to go into court;
    4) along (= eptir);
    ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;
    dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;
    refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;
    5) denoting hostility;
    renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;
    gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;
    6) around;
    vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;
    bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;
    7) denoting business, engagement;
    ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;
    fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.
    II. Of position, &c.;
    1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;
    at kirkju, at church;
    at dómi, in court;
    at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;
    2) denoting participation in;
    vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;
    3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;
    kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;
    var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;
    4) with proper names of places (farms);
    konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;
    biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;
    at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;
    5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;
    at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;
    at Marðar, at Mara’s home;
    at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;
    at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).
    III. Of time;
    1) at, in;
    at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;
    at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;
    at páskum, at Easter;
    at kveldi, at eventide;
    at fjöru, at the ebb;
    at flœðum, at the floodtide;
    2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;
    at ári komanda, next year;
    at vári, er kemr, next spring;
    generally with ‘komanda’ understood;
    at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;
    3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;
    at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;
    at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;
    at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;
    at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;
    at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;
    at honum önduðum, after his death;
    4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;
    hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;
    skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;
    at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.
    IV. fig. and in various uses;
    1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;
    brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;
    verða at ormi, to become a snake;
    2) for, as;
    gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;
    eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;
    3) by;
    taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;
    draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;
    kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;
    auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;
    vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;
    5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;
    ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;
    6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;
    faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);
    aðili at sök = aðili sakar;
    7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;
    hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;
    mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;
    tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;
    kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;
    8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;
    Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);
    þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;
    hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;
    9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);
    at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;
    at landslögum, by the law of the land;
    at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;
    10) in adverbial phrases;
    gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;
    bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;
    at fullu, fully;
    at vísu, surely;
    at frjálsu, freely;
    at eilífu, for ever and ever;
    at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;
    at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;
    at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.
    B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);
    sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;
    at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;
    connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;
    at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.
    1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;
    at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;
    2) in an objective sense;
    hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;
    gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;
    3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).
    1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;
    hón grét at meir, she wept the more;
    þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;
    þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;
    2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);
    þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;
    sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.
    conj., that;
    1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;
    þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;
    vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;
    2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;
    svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;
    3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);
    4) since, because, as (= því at);
    5) connected with þó, því, svá;
    þó at (with subj.), though, although;
    því at, because, for;
    svá at, so that;
    6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;
    þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;
    þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;
    áðr at (= á. en), before;
    7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;
    Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;
    in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.
    V)
    negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.
    odda at, Yggs at, battle.
    * * *
    n. [éta, át, edere, A. S. ǽt], the act of eating, in the phrase, at öldri ok at áti, inter bibendum et edendum, Grág. ii. 170, N. G. L. i. 29; át ok drykkja, Fas. ii. 552, Orkn. 200; át ok atvinna, Stj. 143: of beasts, kýr hafnaði átinu, the cow (being sick) would not eat, Bs. i. 194.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > ÁT

  • 20 adpareo

    ap-pārĕo ( adp-, Ritschl, Fleck., B. and K.; app-, Lachm., Merk., Weissenb., Halm, Rib.), ui, itum, 2, v. n., to come in sight, to appear, become visible, make one's appearance (class. in prose and poetry).
    I.
    A.. Lit.:

    ego adparebo domi,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 97:

    ille bonus vir nusquam adparet,

    Ter. Eun. 4, 3, 18; Lucr. 3, 25; so id. 3, 989:

    rem contra speculum ponas, apparet imago,

    id. 4, 157: unde tandem adpares, Cic. Fragm. ap. Prisc. p. 706 P.; id. Fl. 12 fin.:

    equus mecum una demersus rursus adparuit,

    id. Div. 2, 68; so id. Sull. 2, 5:

    cum lux appareret (Dinter, adpeteret),

    Caes. B. G. 7, 82:

    de sulcis acies apparuit hastae,

    Ov. M. 3, 107:

    apparent rari nantes,

    Verg. A. 1, 118, Hor. C. S. 59 al.—With dat.:

    anguis ille, qui Sullae adparuit immolanti,

    Cic. Div. 2, 30 fin.; id. Clu. 53:

    Quís numquam candente dies adparuit ortu,

    Tib. 4, 1, 65.—Once in Varro with ad: quod adparet ad agricolas, R. R. 1, 40.—
    B.
    In gen., to be seen, to show one's self, be in public, appear:

    pro pretio facio, ut opera adpareat Mea,

    Plaut. Ps. 3, 2, 60:

    fac sis nunc promissa adpareant,

    Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 20; cf. id. Ad. 5, 9, 7:

    illud apparere unum,

    that this only is apparent, Lucr. 1, 877; Cato, R. R. 2, 2:

    ubi merces apparet? i. e. illud quod pro tantā mercede didiceris,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 34:

    quo studiosius opprimitur et absconditur, eo magis eminet et apparet,

    id. Rosc. Am. 41 fin.:

    Galbae orationes evanuerunt, vix jam ut appareant,

    id. Brut. 21, 82:

    apparet adhuc vetus mde cicatrix,

    Ov. M. 12, 444; 2, 734:

    rebus angustis animosus atque fortis appare,

    Hor. C. 2, 10, 22:

    cum lamentamur, non apparere labores Nostros,

    are not noticed, considered, id. Ep. 2, 1, 224, so id. ib. 2, 1, 250 al.; Plaut. Men. 2, 1, 14; cf. id. Am. 2, 2, 161 and 162.—Hence, apparens (opp. latens), visible, evident:

    tympana non apparentia Obstrepuere,

    Ov. M. 4, 391:

    apparentia vitia curanda sunt,

    Quint. 12, 8, 10; so id. 9, 2, 46.—
    II.
    Trop.: res apparet, and far more freq. impers. apparet with acc. and inf. or rel.-clause, the thing (or it) is evident, clear, manifest, certain, dêlon esti, phainetai (objective certainty, while videtur. dokei, designates subjective belief, Web. Uebungssch. 258):

    ratio adparet,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 17:

    res adparet, Ter Ad. 5, 9, 7: apparet id etiam caeco, Liv 32, 34. cui non id apparere, id actum esse. etc.,

    id. 22, 34; 2, 31 fin.:

    ex quo adparet antiquior origo,

    Plin. 36, 26, 67, § 197 al.:

    adparet servom nunc esse domini pauperis,

    Ter. Eun. 3, 2, 33:

    non dissimulat, apparet esse commotum,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 34: apparet atque exstat, utrum simus earum (artium) rudes, id. de Or. 1, 16, 72:

    quid rectum sit, adparet,

    id. Fam. 5, 19; 4, 7:

    sive confictum est, ut apparet, sive, etc.,

    id. Fl. 16 fin.; Nep. Att. 4, 1; Liv. 42, 43:

    quo adparet antiquiorem hanc fuisse scientiam,

    Plin. 35, 12, 44, § 153 al. —Also with dat. pers.:

    quas impendere jam apparebat omnibus,

    Nep. Eum. 10, 3; and, by attraction, with nom. and inf., as in Gr. dêlos esti, Varr. R. R. 1, 6, 2:

    membra nobis ita data sunt, ut ad quandam rationem vivendi data esse adpareant,

    Cic. Fin. 3, 7, 23, ubi v. Otto:

    apparet ita degenerāsse Nero,

    Suet. Ner. 1; or without the inf., with an adj. as predicate:

    apparebat atrox cum plebe certamen (sc. fore, imminere, etc.),

    Liv. 2, 28; Suet. Rhet. 1.—
    III.
    To appear as servant or aid ( a lictor, scribe, etc.), to attend, wait upon, serve; cf. apparitor (rare):

    sacerdotes diis adparento,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 8, 21:

    cum septem annos Philippo apparuisset,

    Nep. Eum. 13, 1:

    cum appareret aedilibus,

    Liv. 9, 46 Drak.:

    lictores apparent consulibus,

    id. 2, 55:

    collegis accensi,

    id. 3, 33: tibi appareo atque aeditumor in templo tuo, Pompon. ap. Gell. 12, 10:

    Jovis ad solium Apparent,

    Verg. A. 12, 850 (= praestant ad obsequium, Serv.).

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > adpareo

См. также в других словарях:

  • Confrontation Clause — United States of America This article is part of the series: United States Constitution Original text of the Constitution Preamble Articles of the Constitution I · …   Wikipedia

  • Forum selection clause — A forum selection clause in a contract with a Conflict of Laws element allows the parties to agree that any litigation resulting from that contract will be initiated in a specific forum. There are three types of clause: *the reference might be to …   Wikipedia

  • HEBREW LANGUAGE — This entry is arranged according to the following scheme: pre biblical biblical the dead sea scrolls mishnaic medieval modern period A detailed table of contents precedes each section. PRE BIBLICAL nature of the evidence the sources phonology… …   Encyclopedia of Judaism

  • South African contract law — is essentially a modernised version of the Roman Dutch law of contract, [1] which is itself rooted in Roman law. In the broadest definition, a contract is an agreement entered into by two or more parties with the serious intention of creating a… …   Wikipedia

  • Chng Suan Tze v. Minister for Home Affairs — The Old Supreme Court Building, photographed in April 2007 Court Court of Appeal of Singapore Full case name …   Wikipedia

  • Maintenance of Religious Harmony Act — Old Parliament House, photographed in January 2006 An Act to provide for the maintenance of religious harmony and for establishing a Presidential Council for Religious Harmony and for matters conne …   Wikipedia

  • Contrat De Vente En France — Introduction générale Présentation générale Droit des obligation …   Wikipédia en Français

  • Contrat de vente — en France Introduction générale Présentation générale Droit des obligation …   Wikipédia en Français

  • Contrat de vente en France — Introduction générale Présentation générale Droit des obligations en France …   Wikipédia en Français

  • Contrat de vente en france — Introduction générale Présentation générale Droit des obligation …   Wikipédia en Français

  • Rédhibitoire — Contrat de vente en France Introduction générale Présentation générale Droit des obligation …   Wikipédia en Français

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»